update translations for 4.2.0 Beta2

also remove unused files and force-fix errors using pocheck Change-Id: If95f38febdf34951193d67b1eb7a8fbfd292474d
author: Christian Lohmaier <lohmaier+LibreOffice@googlemail.com> 2013-12-03 17:59:28 +0100
committer: Andras Timar <andras.timar@collabora.com> 2013-12-09 12:09:30 +0100
commit: f3f04265562dcd40990cccdd83170c8afffef4ab (patch)
tree: 3687dcbfc6e30854c03d7a7591e268bd0ea1f3a1 /source/nb/helpcontent2
parent: 1d03a18fc11f37dfd1dc0dbbb0ad1f937a211a85 (diff)
10 files changed, 665 insertions, 665 deletions
diff --git a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/sbasic/shared/01.po b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/sbasic/shared/01.po
index c54d2152fc1..591279a139f 100644
--- a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/sbasic/shared/01.po
+++ b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/sbasic/shared/01.po
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/PasswordDialog\">Protects the selected library with a password.</ahelp> You can enter a new password, or change the current password."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/PasswordDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Beskytt det valgte biblioteket med et passord.</ahelp> Du kan skrive inn et nytt passord, eller endre det du har."
 
 #: 06130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/oldpassEntry\">Enter the current password for the selected library.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/oldpassEntry\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn det nåværende passordet for det valgte biblioteket.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/newpassEntry\">Enter a new password for the selected library.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/newpassEntry\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn et nytt passord for det valgte biblioteket.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry\">Repeat the new password for the selected library.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry\">Gjenta det nye passordet for det valgte biblioteket.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06130500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01.po b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01.po
index e89ada50829..f9d3c46a080 100644
--- a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01.po
+++ b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/scalc/01.po
@@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/down\">Creates a downward series in the selected cell range for the column using the defined increment to the end value.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/down\">Lag en serie som går nedover i det valgte celleområdet i kolonnen ved å bruke den valgte steg- og sluttverdien.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/right\">Creates a series running from left to right within the selected cell range using the defined increment to the end value.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/right\">Lag en serie som går fra venstre til høyre i det valgte celleområdet ved å bruke den valgte steg- og sluttverdien.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/up\">Creates an upward series in the cell range of the column using the defined increment to the end value.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/up\">Lag en serie som går oppover i det valgte celleområdet i kolonnen ved å bruke den valgte steg- og sluttverdien.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/left\">Creates a series running from right to left in the selected cell range using the defined increment to the end value.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/left\">Lag en serie som går fra høyre til venstre i det valgte celleområdet ved å bruke den valgte steg- og sluttverdien.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/linear\">Creates a linear number series using the defined increment and end value.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/linear\">Lag en lineær tallserie ved å bruke den valgte steg- og sluttverdien.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1438,7 +1438,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/growth\">Creates a growth series using the defined increment and end value.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/growth\">Lag en vekstserie ved å bruke den valgte steg- og sluttverdien.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/date\">Creates a date series using the defined increment and end date.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/date\">Lag en datoserie ved å bruke den valgte stegverdien og sluttdatoen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/day\">Use the <emph>Date</emph> series type and this option to create a series using seven days.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/day\">Bruk serietypen <emph>dato</emph> og dette alternativet for å lage en serie med syv dager.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/week\">Use the <emph>Date</emph> series type and this option to create a series of five day sets.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/week\">Bruk serietypen <emph>dato</emph> og dette alternativet for å lage en serie med fem dager.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/month\">Use the <emph>Date</emph> series type and this option to form a series from the names or abbreviations of the months.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/month\">Bruk serietypen <emph>dato</emph> og dette alternativet for å lage en serie med månedsnavnene eller forkortelser for månedsnavnene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/year\">Use the <emph>Date</emph> series type and this option to create a series of years.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/year\">Bruk serietypen <emph>dato</emph> og dette alternativet for å lage en årsrekke.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/startValue\">Determines the start value for the series.</ahelp> Use numbers, dates or times."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/startValue\">Skriv inn en startverdi for serien.</ahelp> Bruk tall, datoer eller tidspunkter."
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1609,7 +1609,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/endValue\">Determines the end value for the series.</ahelp> Use numbers, dates or times."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/endValue\">Skriv inn en sluttverdi for serien.</ahelp> Bruk tall, datoer eller tidspunkter."
 
 #: 02140600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "40\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "The term \"increment\" denotes the amount by which a given value increases.<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/increment\"> Determines the value by which the series of the selected type increases by each step.</ahelp> Entries can only be made if the linear, growth or date series types have been selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uttrykket «steg» betegner mengden en gitt verdi økes med. <ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/increment\"> Her kan du angi verdien som den valgte serietypen økes med for hvert steg.</ahelp> Du kan angi en stegverdi bare når en av serietypene lineær, vekst eller dato er valgt."
 
 #: 02150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/toDocument\">Indicates where the current sheet is to be moved or copied to.</ahelp> Select <emph>- new document -</emph> if you want to create a new location for the sheet to be moved or copied."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/toDocument\" >Angir hvor det gjeldende arket skal flyttes eller kopieres til.</ahelp> Velg <emph>Nytt dokument</emph> hvis du vil opprette en ny plassering for arket som skal flyttes eller kopieres."
 
 #: 02180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2139,7 +2139,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/insertBefore\">The current sheet is moved or copied in front of the selected sheet.</ahelp> The <emph>- move to end position -</emph> option places the current sheet at the end."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/insertBefore\" >Det gjeldende arket blir flyttet eller kopiert foran det valgte arket.</ahelp> Innstillingen <emph>flytt til slutten</emph> plasserer det gjeldende arket til sist."
 
 #: 02180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/copy\">Specifies that the sheet is to be copied. If the option is unmarked, the sheet is moved.</ahelp> Moving sheets is the default."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/copy\" >Angir at arket skal kopieres. Hvis denne innstillingen ikke merkes, blir arket flyttet.</ahelp> Å flytte ark er standard."
 
 #: 02190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2804,7 +2804,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"zellenuntentext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/down\">Moves the contents of the selected range downward when cells are inserted.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"zellenuntentext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/down\">Flytt innholdet i det valgte området nedover ved innsetting av celler.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 04020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"zellenrechtstext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/right\">Moves the contents of the selected range to the right when cells are inserted.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"zellenrechtstext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/right\">Flytt innholdet i det valgte området til høyre ved innsetting av celler.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 04020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2840,7 +2840,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"zeilenganzetext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/rows\">Inserts an entire row. The position of the row is determined by the selection on the sheet.</ahelp></variable> The number of rows inserted depends on how many rows are selected. The contents of the original rows are moved downward."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"zeilenganzetext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/rows\">Sett inn en hel rad. Plasseringa av raden er avhengig av det valgte området.</ahelp></variable> Antall rader som settes inn er avhengig av hvor mange rader som er valgt. Innholdet i de opprinnelige radene flyttes nedover."
 
 #: 04020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2858,7 +2858,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"spaltenganzetext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/cols\">Inserts an entire column. The number of columns to be inserted is determined by the selected number of columns.</ahelp></variable> The contents of the original columns are shifted to the right."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"spaltenganzetext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/cols\">Setter inn en hel kolonne. Antallet kolonner som skal settes inn er bestemmes ut i fra antall merkede kolonner.</ahelp></variable> Innholdet til de opprinnelige kolonnene flyttes til høyre."
 
 #: 04030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -46426,7 +46426,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/edassign\">Displays the cell reference of each label range.</ahelp> In order to remove a label range from the list box, select it and then click <emph>Delete</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/edassign\">Viser cellereferansene til hvert etikettområde.</ahelp> Velg et etikettområde fra lista og trykk <emph>Slett</emph> for å fjerne det."
 
 #: 04070400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -46444,7 +46444,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/colhead\">Includes column labels in the current label range.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/colhead\">Ta med kolonne-etiketter i etikettområdet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -46462,7 +46462,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/rowhead\">Includes row labels in the current label range.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/rowhead\">Ta med rad-etiketter i etikettområdet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -46480,7 +46480,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/edassign2\">Sets the data range for which the selected label range is valid. To modify it, click in the sheet and select another range with the mouse.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/edassign2\">Angi dataområdet som etikettområdet skal gjelde for. For å endre det, trykk på arket og merk et annet område med musepekeren.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -46498,7 +46498,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/add\">Adds the current label range to the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/add\">Legg gjeldende etikettområde til i lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04080000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -48130,7 +48130,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edprintarea\">Allows you to modify a defined print range.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edprintarea\">Lar deg endre på et angitt utskriftsområde.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05080300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -50724,7 +50724,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/entry\">Enter a name for the database range that you want to define, or select an existing name from the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/entry\">Skriv inn ett navn på databaseområdet, eller velg et navn fra lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -50742,7 +50742,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/assign\">Displays the selected cell range.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/assign\">Viser det valgte celleområdet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -50760,7 +50760,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/add\">Adds the selected cell range to the database range list, or modifies an existing database range.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/add\">Trykk her for å legge det valgte databaseområdet til i lista, eller for å endre ett som finnes fra før.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -50813,7 +50813,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/ContainsColumnLabels\" visibility=\"visible\">Selected cell ranges contains labels.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/ContainsColumnLabels\" visibility=\"visible\">Det valgte celleområdet inneholder etiketter.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12010100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -50831,7 +50831,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/InsertOrDeleteCells\" visibility=\"visible\">Automatically inserts new rows and columns into the database range in your document when new records are added to the database.</ahelp> To manually update the database range, choose <emph>Data - Refresh</emph> <emph>Range</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/InsertOrDeleteCells\" visibility=\"visible\">Sett automatisk inn nye rader og kolonner i databaseområdet i dokumentet når nye poster blir lagt inn i databasen.</ahelp> Velg <emph>Data – Oppdater</emph> <emph>Område</emph> for å oppdatere databaseområdet manuelt."
 
 #: 12010100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -50849,7 +50849,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/KeepFormatting\" visibility=\"visible\">Applies the existing cell format of headers and first data row to the whole database range.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/KeepFormatting\" visibility=\"visible\">Legg celleformateringa av overskrifter og de første radene til hele databaseområdet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12010100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -50867,7 +50867,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/DontSaveImportedData\" visibility=\"visible\">Only saves a reference to the database, and not the contents of the cells.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/DontSaveImportedData\" visibility=\"visible\">Kryss av her for å bare lagre en referanse til databasen og ikke innholdet i cellene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12010100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -51709,7 +51709,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "35\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/unique\">Excludes duplicate rows in the list of filtered data.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/unique\">Utelater like rader lista over filtrerte data.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12040201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -51797,7 +51797,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/edfilterarea\">Select the named range, or enter the cell range that contains the filter criteria that you want to use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/edfilterarea\">Velg det navngitte området, eller angi celleområdet som inneholder kriteriene for filteret du vil bruke.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12040300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -52114,7 +52114,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/subtotaloptionspage/pagebreak\">Inserts a new page after each group of subtotaled data.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/subtotaloptionspage/pagebreak\">Sett inn en ny side etter hver gruppe med delsummer.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12050200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -52132,7 +52132,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/subtotaloptionspage/case\">Recalculates subtotals when you change the case of a data label.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/subtotaloptionspage/case\">Regner ut delsummer på nytt når du bytter mellom store og små bokstaver på dataetiketten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12050200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -52150,7 +52150,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/subtotaloptionspage/sort\">Sorts the area that you selected in the <emph>Group by</emph> box of the Group tabs according to the columns that you selected.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/subtotaloptionspage/sort\">Sorter området som er valgt i fanen <emph>Gruppèr</emph> i henhold til de valgte kolonnene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12050200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -52177,7 +52177,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/subtotaloptionspage/formats\">Considers formatting attributes when sorting.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/subtotaloptionspage/formats\">Kryss av her for å ta med all formatering ved sortering.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12050200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -52382,7 +52382,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/func\">Select the function that you want to use to consolidate the data.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/func\">Velg hvilken funksjon du vil bruke for sammenslåinga.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -52400,7 +52400,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/consareas\">Displays the cell ranges that you want to consolidate.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/consareas\">Viser celleområdet som allerede er valgt som et sammenslåingsområde.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -52418,7 +52418,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/eddataarea\">Specifies the cell range that you want to consolidate with the cell ranges listed in the <emph>Consolidation ranges </emph>box. Select a cell range in a sheet, and then click <emph>Add</emph>. You can also select a the name of a predefined cell from the <emph>Source data range </emph>list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/eddataarea\">Angi celleområdet som du vil slå sammen med celleområdene som er vist i <emph>sammenslåingsområde</emph>-boksen. Merk et celleområde i et ark og velg <emph>Legg til</emph>. Du kan også velge et navn på en celle som allerede er angitt i lista over <emph>Kildedataområder</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -52436,7 +52436,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/eddestarea\">Displays the first cell in the range where the consolidation results will be displayed.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/eddestarea\">Viser den første cellen i området hvor resultatet av de sammenslåtte cellene vil bli vist.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -52454,7 +52454,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/add\">Adds the cell range specified in the <emph>Source data range</emph> box to the <emph>Consolidation ranges </emph>box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/add\">Legg celleområdet angitt i lista over <emph>Kildedataområder</emph> til i boksen for <emph>sammenslåingsområder</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -52525,7 +52525,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/byrow\" visibility=\"visible\">Uses the row labels to arrange the consolidated data.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/byrow\" visibility=\"visible\">Bruker rad-etikettene til å stille opp de sammenslåtte dataene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -52543,7 +52543,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/bycol\" visibility=\"visible\">Uses the column labels to arrange the consolidated data.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/bycol\" visibility=\"visible\">Bruker kolonne-etikettene til å stille opp de sammenslåtte dataene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -52570,7 +52570,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/refs\" visibility=\"visible\">Links the data in the consolidation range to the source data, and automatically updates the results of the consolidation when the source data is changed.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/refs\" visibility=\"visible\">Knytter dataene i sammenslåingsområdet til kildedataene og oppdaterer resultatene automatisk når kildedataene endres.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -55610,7 +55610,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/ValidationHelpTabPage\">Enter the message that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected in the sheet.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/ValidationHelpTabPage\">Skriv inn meldinga som skal vises når celleområdet er merket i arket.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12120200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -55628,7 +55628,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/tsbhelp\">Displays the message that you enter in the <emph>Contents</emph> box when the cell or cell range is selected in the sheet.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/tsbhelp\">Vis meldinga du har skrevet inn i <emph>Innhold</emph>-boksen når et celleområde blir merket i arket.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12120200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -55664,7 +55664,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/title\">Enter the title that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/title\">Skriv inn tittelen som skal vises når celleområdet er merket i arket.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12120200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -55682,7 +55682,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/inputhelp\">Enter the message that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/inputhelp\">Skriv inn meldinga som skal vises når celleområdet er merket.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -55708,7 +55708,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/ErrorAlertTabPage\">Define the error message that is displayed when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/ErrorAlertTabPage\">Angi en feilmelding som skal vises når det skrives inn ugyldige verdier i en celle.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -55807,7 +55807,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/title\">Enter the title of the macro or the error message that you want to display when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/title\">Skriv inn tittelen på makroen eller feilmeldinga som skal vises når ugyldige data blir skrevet inn i en celle.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -55825,7 +55825,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/errorMsg\">Enter the message that you want to display when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/errorMsg\">Skriv inn meldinga som skal vises når det blir skrevet inn ugyldige verdier i en celle.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12120300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01.po b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01.po
index 0d8081e558c..82a4ba721dd 100644
--- a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01.po
+++ b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/schart/01.po
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryX\">Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryX\">Vis X-aksen som en linje med underinndelinger.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryY\">Displays the Y axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryY\">Vis Y-aksen som en linje med underinndelinger.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryZ\">Displays the Z axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp> This axis can only be displayed in 3D charts."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryZ\">Vis Z-aksen som en linje med underinndelinger.</ahelp> Denne aksen kan kun vises i 3D-diagrammer."
 
 #: 04040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "45\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryX\">Displays a secondary X axis in the chart.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryX\">Viser en sekundær X-akse i diagrammet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "39\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY\">Displays a secondary Y axis in the chart.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY\">Viser en sekundær Y-akse i diagrammet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "41\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY\">The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 in. and the other to 1.5 in. </ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY\">Hovedaksen og den ekstra aksen kan ha ulik skalering. For eksempel kan den ene aksen gå opp til «2 cm», mens den andre går til «1,5 cm».</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04050000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_1\">This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary Y axis.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_1\">Dette valget er på som standard. Alle dataserier er justert til den primære Y-aksen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_2\">Changes the scaling of the Y axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_2\">Endre målestokken til Y-aksen. Denne aksen er bare synlig når minst en dataserie er knyttet til den og aksevisninga er på.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/MT_GAP\">Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.</ahelp> The maximal spacing is 600%."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/MT_GAP\">Angi avstanden i prosent mellom kolonnene.</ahelp> Største mulige avstand er «600 %»."
 
 #: 04060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1914,7 +1914,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/MT_OVERLAP\">Defines the necessary settings for overlapping data series.</ahelp> You can choose between -100 and +100%."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/MT_OVERLAP\">Angi de nødvendige innstillingene for dataserier som overlapper.</ahelp> Du kan velge mellom «-100 %» og «+100 %»"
 
 #: 04060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/CB_CONNECTOR\">For \"stacked\" and \"percent\" column (vertical bar) charts, mark this check box to connect the column layers that belong together with lines.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/CB_CONNECTOR\">For stolpediagrammene «stablet» og «prosent» (loddrette stolper), kan du krysse av her for å forbinde kolonnelagene som hører sammen med linjer.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04060000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryX\">Adds gridlines to the X axis of the chart.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryX\">Legger til linjer i rutenettet til X-aksen i diagrammet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryY\">Adds gridlines to the Y axis of the chart.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryY\">Legger til linjer i rutenettet på Y-aksen av diagrammet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2224,7 +2224,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryZ\">Adds gridlines to the Z axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3D charts."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryZ\">Legger til linjer i rutenettet på Z-aksen av diagrammet.</ahelp> Dette alternativet er kun tilgjengelig hvis du jobber med 3D-diagrammer."
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2260,7 +2260,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryX\">Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryX\">Legger til linjer i rutenettet som deler X-aksen inn i mindre områder.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2278,7 +2278,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryY\">Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryY\">Legger til linjer i rutenettet som deler Y-aksen inn i mindre områder.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryZ\">Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3D charts."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryZ\">Legger til linjer i rutenettet som deler Z-aksen inn i mindre områder.</ahelp> Dette alternativet er kun tilgjengelig hvis du jobber med 3D-diagrammer."
 
 #: 05010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2752,7 +2752,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "72\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/showlabelsCB\">Specifies whether to show or hide the axis labels.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/showlabelsCB\">Angi om du vil vise/skjule titlene på aksene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2797,7 +2797,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "49\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/dialCtrl\">Clicking anywhere on the wheel defines the variable text orientation.</ahelp> The letters \"ABCD\" on the button correspond to the new setting."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/dialCtrl\">Et klikk hvor som helst på hjulet endrer tekstretningen.</ahelp> Bokstavene «ABCD» viser den nye innstillingen."
 
 #: 05020201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2815,7 +2815,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "52\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/stackedCB\">Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/stackedCB\">Bruk loddrett tekstretning på innholdet i cellene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2842,7 +2842,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "55\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/OrientDegree\">Allows you to manually enter the orientation angle.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/OrientDegree\">Gir deg muligheten til å manuelt sette vinkelen på tekstretninga.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2878,7 +2878,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "58\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/overlapCB\">Specifies that the text in cells may overlap other cells.</ahelp> This can be especially useful if there is a lack of space. This option is not available with different title directions."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/overlapCB\">Angi at teksten i cellene kan overlappe andre celler.</ahelp> Dette kan være veldig nyttig hvis du har liten plass. Dette alternativet kan ikke brukes sammen med andre tekstretninger for titlene."
 
 #: 05020201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2896,7 +2896,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "69\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/breakCB\">Allows a text break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/breakCB\">Tillater tekstbryting.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2941,7 +2941,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "61\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/tile\">Arranges numbers on the axis side by side.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/tile\">Stiller opp tallene på aksene ved siden av hverandre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2959,7 +2959,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "63\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/odd\">Staggers numbers on the axis, even numbers lower than odd numbers.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/odd\">Angi om du vil forskyve tallene på aksene; partall lavere enn oddetall.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2977,7 +2977,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "65\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/even\">Stagger numbers on the axes, odd numbers lower than even numbers.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/even\">Angi om du vil forskyve tallene på aksene; oddetall lavere enn partall.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2995,7 +2995,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "67\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/auto\">Automatically arranges numbers on the axis.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/auto\">Angi om du vil at tallene skal settes opp automatisk på aksene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3372,7 +3372,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_MIN\">Defines the minimum value for the beginning of the axis.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_MIN\">Angi laveste verdi for begynnelsen av Y-aksen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3390,7 +3390,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_MAX\">Defines the maximum value for the end of the axis.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_MAX\">Angi høyeste verdi for slutten av Y-aksen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3408,7 +3408,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_STEP_MAIN\">Defines the interval for the main division of the axes.</ahelp> The main interval cannot be larger than the value area."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_STEP_MAIN\">Angi intervallet for hovedinndeling av aksene.</ahelp> Hovedintervallet kan ikke være større enn verdiområdet."
 
 #: 05040201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/MT_STEPHELP\">Defines the interval for the subdivision of the axes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/MT_STEPHELP\">Skriv inn intervallet for underinndeling av aksene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3444,7 +3444,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_ORIGIN\">Specifies at which position to display the values along the axis.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_ORIGIN\">Angi hvor verdiene skal vises på Y-aksen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3462,7 +3462,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "63\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN\">You must first deselect the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in order to modify the values.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN\">Du må velge bort alternativet <emph>Automatisk</emph> før du kan endre verdiene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3489,7 +3489,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_LOGARITHM\">Specifies that you want the axis to be subdivided logarithmically.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_LOGARITHM\">Angi om du vil dele opp Y-aksen logaritmisk.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01.po b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01.po
index 50e185c5326..a06fae220ab 100644
--- a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01.po
+++ b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/01.po
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labeldialog/ok\">Creates a new document for editing.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labeldialog/ok\">Lager et nytt dokument du kan redigere.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/CardMediumPage\">Specify the label text and choose the paper size for the label.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/CardMediumPage\">Angi etiketteksten og papirstørrelsen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/textview\">Enter the text that you want to appear on the label. You can also insert a database field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/textview\">Skriv inn den teksten du vil ha på etiketten. Du kan også sette inn et databasefelt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/address\">Creates a label with your return address. Text that is currently in the <emph>Label text</emph> box is overwritten.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/address\">Lag en etikett med din svaradresse. Tekst som er i <emph>etikettekst</emph>-boksen vil bli overskrevet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/database\">Select the database that you want to use as the data source for your label. </ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/database\">Velg en database du vil bruke som datakilde for etiketten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/table\">Select the database table containing the field(s) that you want to use in your label.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/table\">Velg den databasetabellen som har de feltene du vil bruke i etiketten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/insert\">Select the database field that you want, and then click the arrow to the left of this box to insert the field into the <emph>Label text</emph> box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/insert\">Velg det databasefeltet du vil bruke. Trykk deretter på pila til venstre for boksen for å sette inn feltet i <emph>Etikett</emph>-tekstboksen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/continuous\">Prints labels on continuous paper.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/continuous\">Skriv ut etiketter på sammenhengende ark.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/sheet\">Prints labels on individual sheets.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/sheet\">Skriv ut etiketter på egne ark.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/brand\">Select the brand of paper that you want to use.</ahelp> Each brand has its own size formats."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/brand\">Velg hvilket papir du vil bruke.</ahelp> Alle papirtyper har egne størrelseformater."
 
 #: 01010201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/type\">Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on the brand on what you selected in the <emph>Brand</emph> list. If you want to use a custom label format, select <emph>[User]</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010202.xhp\" name=\"Format\"><emph>Format</emph></link> tab to define the format.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/type\">Velg det størrelseformatet du vil bruke. Hvilke format som er tilgjengelige avhenger av hvilket merke du har valgt i lista over <emph>merker</emph>. Hvis du vil bruke et selvvalgt etikettformat, velg <emph>[bruker]</emph>, og deretter velg <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010202.xhp\" name=\"Format\"><emph>Format</emph></link>-fanen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/LabelFormatPage\">Set paper formatting options.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/LabelFormatPage\">Velg innstillingene for valg av papirformat.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010202.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/hori\">Displays the distance between the left edges of adjacent labels or business cards. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/hori\">Viser avstanden mellom de venstre kantene av etiketter eller visittkort som ligger ved siden av hverandre. Hvis du lager et selvvalgt format, skriv inn en verdi her.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010202.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/vert\">Displays the distance between the upper edge of a label or a business card and the upper edge of the label or the business card directly below. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/vert\">Viser avstanden mellom den øvre kanten av en etikett eller et visittkort og den øvre kanten av etiketten eller visittkortet nedenfor. Hvis du lager et selvvalgt format, skriv inn en verdi her.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010202.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/width\">Displays the width for the label or the business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/width\">Viser bredden på etiketten eller visittkortet. Hvis du lager et selvvalgt format, skriv inn en verdi her.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010202.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/height\">Displays the height for the label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/height\">Viser høyden på etiketten eller visittkortet. Hvis du lager et selvvalgt format, skriv inn en verdi her.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010202.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/left\">Displays the distance from the left edge of the page to the left edge of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/left\">Viser avstanden mellom venstre sidekant og den venstre kanten av den første etiketten eller visittkortet. Hvis du lager et selvvalgt format, skriv inn en verdi her.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010202.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/top\">Displays distance from the top edge of the page to the top of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/top\">Viser avstanden mellom toppen av siden og den øvre kanten av den første etiketten eller visittkortet. Hvis du lager et selvvalgt format, skriv inn en verdi her.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010202.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/cols\">Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the width of the page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/cols\">Skriv inn hvor mange etiketter eller visittkort du vil legge ved siden av hverandre (i bredden) på hver side.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010202.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/rows\">Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the height of the page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/rows\">Velg antall etiketter eller visittkort du vil ha over og under hverandre (i høyden) på hver side.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010202.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/save\">Saves the current label or business card format.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/save\">Lagre etikett- eller visittkort-formatet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010202.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/brand\">Enter or select the desired brand.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/brand\">Skriv inn eller velg hvilket merke du vil ha.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010202.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/type\">Enter or select a label type.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/type\">Skriv inn, eller velg en etiketttype.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010203.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/LabelOptionsPage\" visibility=\"visible\">Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/LabelOptionsPage\" visibility=\"visible\">Angi tilleggsinnstillinger for etikettene eller visittkortene, inkludert tekstsynkronisering og skriveroppsett.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010203.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/entirepage\" visibility=\"visible\">Creates a full page of  labels or business cards.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/entirepage\" visibility=\"visible\">Lag en full side med etiketter eller visittkort.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010203.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/singlelabel\" visibility=\"visible\">Prints a single label or  business card on a page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/singlelabel\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv ut en enkeletikett eller et visittkort på en side.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010203.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/cols\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to have in a row on your page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/cols\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn antall etiketter eller visittkort du vil ha per rad (i bredden) på hver side.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010203.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/rows\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number of rows of labels or business cards that you want to have on your page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/rows\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn hvor mange rader med etiketter eller visittkort du vil ha på hver side.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010203.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/firstname2\">Enter the first name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/firstname2\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn fornavnet til den personen som skal brukes som andre kontaktperson.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010303.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/lastname2\">Enter the last name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/lastname2\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn etternavnet til den personen som skal brukes som andre kontaktperson.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010303.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/shortname2\">Enter the initials of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/shortname2\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn forbokstavene til den personen som skal brukes som andre kontaktperson.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010303.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/country\">Enter the name of the country in which you live.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/country\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn hvilket land du bor i.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010303.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/job\">Enter the title of your profession.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/job\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn yrket ditt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010303.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1947,7 +1947,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/phone\">Enter your home telephone number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/phone\">Skriv inn ditt hjemmetelefonnummer.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010303.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1965,7 +1965,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/mobile\">Enter your mobile telephone number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/mobile\">Skriv inn ditt mobiltelefonnummer.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010303.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/url\">Enter the address of your internet homepage.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/url\">Skriv inn adressen til hjemmesiden din.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010304.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/company2\">Enter additional company details.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/company2\" visibility=\"visible\">Oppgi flere detaljer om organisasjonen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010304.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/slogan\">Enter the slogan of your company.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/slogan\" visibility=\"visible\">Her kan du oppgi slagordet til din organisasjon.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010304.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2090,7 +2090,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/state\">Enter the name of the country where your business is located.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/state\" visibility=\"visible\">Oppgi hvilket land din organisasjon befinner seg i.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010304.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2108,7 +2108,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/phone\">Enter your business telephone number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/phone\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn ditt jobbtelefonnummer.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010304.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2126,7 +2126,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/mobile\">Enter your mobile telephone number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/mobile\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn ditt mobiltelefonnummer.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01010304.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/url\">Enter the address of your company's internet homepage.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/url\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn adressen til din organisasjons hjemmeside.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5731,7 +5731,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/save\">Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the <emph>Insert Version Comment </emph>dialog before you save the new version.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/save\">Lagre det gjeldende dokumentet som en ny versjon. Du kan også skrive inn merknader i dialogvinduet <emph>Sett inn versjonsmerknad</emph> før du lagrer den nye versjonen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5749,7 +5749,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versioncommentdialog/VersionCommentDialog\">Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked <emph>Show </emph>to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versioncommentdialog/VersionCommentDialog\">Skriv inn en merknad her når du lagrer en ny versjon. Hvis du trykket <emph>Vis</emph> for å åpne dette dialogvinduet kan du ikke endre merknaden.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5767,7 +5767,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/always\">If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/always\">Hvis du har gjort endringer i dokumentet, lagrer $[officename] automatisk en ny versjon når du lukker dokumentet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5793,7 +5793,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/versions\">Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/versions\">List opp de eksisterende versjonene av dokumentet, dato og tidspunkt for når det ble laget, forfatter og tilhørende kommenterer.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5811,7 +5811,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/open\">Opens the selected version in a read-only window.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/open\">Åpne den valgte versjonen i et nytt skrivebeskyttet vindu.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5829,7 +5829,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/show\">Displays the entire comment for the selected version.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/show\">Vis hele merknaden til den valgte versjonen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5847,7 +5847,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/delete\">Deletes the selected version.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/delete\">Slett den valgte versjonen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01190000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5865,7 +5865,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/compare\">Compare the changes that were made in each version.</ahelp> If you want, you can <link href=\"text/shared/01/02230400.xhp\" name=\"Accept or Reject Changes\"><emph>Accept or Reject Changes</emph></link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/compare\">Sammenlign endringer som er gjort mellom hver enkelt versjon.</ahelp> Hvis du vil kan du <link href=\"text/shared/01/02230400.xhp\" name=\"Accept or Reject Changes\"><emph>godta eller forkaste endringene</emph></link>."
 
 #: 01990000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8382,7 +8382,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "59\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/otherfld\">Enter the number of characters in the search term that can be exchanged.</ahelp> For example, if you specify 2 exchanged characters, \"black\" and \"crack\" are considered similar."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/otherfld\">Velg hvor mange tegn som kan byttes ut i søkeuttrykket. </ahelp>Hvis du for eksempel angir «2», vil «svart» og «klart» bli ansett som like."
 
 #: 02100100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8400,7 +8400,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "61\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/longerfld\">Enter the maximum number of characters by which a word can exceed the number of characters in the search term.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/longerfld\">Velg det høyeste antall ekstra tegn som ord kan ha for fortsatt å bli funnet av søket som lignende ord.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02100100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8418,7 +8418,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "63\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/shorterfld\">Enter the number of characters by which a word can be shorter than the search term.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/shorterfld\">Velg hvor mange tegn kortere enn søkeordet et ord kan være.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02100100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8436,7 +8436,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "65\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/relaxbox\">Searches for a term that matches any combination of the similarity search settings.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/similaritysearchdialog/relaxbox\">Kryss av for å søke etter et uttrykk som passer en hvilken som helst kombinasjon av innstillingene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02100200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11098,7 +11098,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/IMapDialog\">Lists the properties for the selected hotspot.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/IMapDialog\">Viser egenskapene til det valgte lenkeområdet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02220100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11152,7 +11152,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/textentry\">Enter the text that you want to display when the mouse rests on the hotspot in a browser.</ahelp> If you do not enter any text, the <emph>Address </emph>is displayed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/textentry\">Teksten du skriver inn her, vises når du flytter musepekeren over lenkeområdet i en nettleser.</ahelp> Hvis du ikke skriver inn noen tekst, vises <emph>adressen</emph>."
 
 #: 02220100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11170,7 +11170,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/frameCB\">Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/frameCB\">Skriv inn navnet på målramma der du vil åpne adressen. Du kan også velge et standardnavn på ramma. Dette blir gjenkjent av alle nettleserne på lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02220100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11188,7 +11188,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/nameentry\">Enter a name for the image.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/nameentry\">Skriv inn et navn på bildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02220100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19209,7 +19209,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/ParaIndentSpacing\">Sets the indenting and the spacing options for the paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/ParaIndentSpacing\">Angi innrykk, mellomrom og linjeavstand for dette avsnittet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19263,7 +19263,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_LEFTINDENT\">Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_LEFTINDENT\">Skriv inn hvor mye du vil rykke inn avsnittet i forhold til margen. Vil du at avsnittet skal strekke seg ut over margen, så skriv inn et negativt tall. I språk som skrives mot høyre blir venstresiden av avsnittet rykket inn i forhold til venstremargen. I språk som skrives mot venstre blir høyresiden av avsnittet rykket inn i forhold til høyremargen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19281,7 +19281,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_RIGHTINDENT\">Enter the amount of space that you want to indent the paragraph from the page margin. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. In Left-to-Right languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin. In Right-to-Left languages, the left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_RIGHTINDENT\">skriv inn hvor mye du vil rykke inn avsnittet i forhold til margen. Vil du at avsnittet skal strekke seg ut over margen, skriv inn et negativt tall. I språk som skrives mot høyre blir høyresiden av avsnittet rykket inn i forhold til høyremargen. I språk som skrives mot venstre blir venstresiden av avsnittet rykket inn i forhold til venstemargen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19317,7 +19317,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "53\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/checkCB_AUTO\">Automatically indents a paragraph according to the font size and the line spacing. The setting in the <emph>First Line </emph>box is ignored.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/checkCB_AUTO\">Lager automatisk et innrykk for et avsnitt i forhold til størrelsen på skrifta og linjeavstanden. Innstillingen i boksen <emph>Første linje</emph> blir oversett.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>"
 
 #: 05030100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19353,7 +19353,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_TOPDIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave above the selected paragraph(s).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_TOPDIST\">Angi hvor stor avstand du vil ha over de valgte avsnittene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19371,7 +19371,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_BOTTOMDIST\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave below the selected paragraph(s).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_BOTTOMDIST\">Angi hvor stort mellomrom det skal være etter de valgte avsnittene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19407,7 +19407,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/comboLB_LINEDIST\">Specify the amount of space to leave between lines of text in a paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/comboLB_LINEDIST\">Angi hvor stor avstanden skal være mellom tekstlinjene i et avsnitt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19560,7 +19560,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "46\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_LINEDISTMETRIC\">Enter the value to use for the line spacing.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/spinED_LINEDISTMETRIC\">Angi linjeavstanden.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19587,7 +19587,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "51\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/checkCB_REGISTER\">Aligns the baseline of each line of text to a vertical document grid, so that each line is the same height. To use this feature, you must first activate the <emph>Register-true </emph>option for the current page style. To do this, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, click on the <emph>Page </emph>tab, and then select the<emph> Register-true</emph> box in the<emph> Layout settings</emph> area.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paraindentspacing/checkCB_REGISTER\">Justerer grunnlinja på hver tekstlinje opp mot et loddrett dokumentrutenett, slik at hver linje får samme høyde. For å bruke denne funksjonen må du først velge <emph>Sett i kegel</emph> for sidestilen. For å gjøre dette, velg <emph>Format – Side</emph>, deretter fanen <emph>Side</emph> og kryss så av for <emph>Sett i kegel</emph> i området <emph>Valg av utseende</emph>.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>"
 
 #: 05030100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19629,7 +19629,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/ParagraphTabsPage\">Set the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/ParagraphTabsPage\">Velg hvor i avsnittet tabulatoren skal ligge.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19656,7 +19656,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/ED_TABPOS\">Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click <emph>New</emph>. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or \" for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/ED_TABPOS\">Velg en tabulatortype, skriv inn en ny verdi og trykk <emph>Ny</emph>. Hvis du vil, kan du også angi måleenheten som tabulatoren skal bruke (cm for centimeter eller \" for tommer). Eksisterende tabulatorer til venstre for den første tabulatoren du angir, slettes.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19701,7 +19701,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT\">Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT\">Juster venstre kant av teksten etter tabulatoren og strekk teksten mot høyre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19728,7 +19728,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT\">Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT\">Juster høyre kant av teksten etter tabulatoren og strekk teksten mot venstre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19746,7 +19746,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER\">Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER\">Midtstill teksten i forhold til tabulatoren.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19764,7 +19764,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL\">Aligns the decimal point of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL\">Justerer tall slik at desimaltegnet ligger midt på tabulatoren. Eventuell tekst blir plassert til venstre for tabulatoren.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19791,7 +19791,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/entryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR\">Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/entryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR\">Angi et tegn som skal brukes av desimaltabulatoren som desimalskille.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19827,7 +19827,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO\">Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO\">Sett inn ikke-fyll-tegn eller slett nåværende fyll-tegn til venstre for tabulatorene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19845,7 +19845,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS\">Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dots.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS\">Fyll tomrommet til venstre for tabulatoren med punktum ( … ).</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19863,7 +19863,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE\">Fills the empty space to the left of the tab stop with dashes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_DASHLINE\">Fyll tomrommet til venstre for tabulatoren med streker ( --- ).</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19881,7 +19881,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "31\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE\">Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE\">Tegn en strek for å fylle tomrommet til venstre for tabulatoren.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19899,7 +19899,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "33\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER\">Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER\">Lar deg angi et tegn som skal fylle tomrommet til venstre for tabulatoren.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19917,7 +19917,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_NEW\">Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_NEW\">Legg til tabulatoren du anga til avsnittet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19935,7 +19935,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "39\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_DELALL\">Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under <emph>Position</emph>. Sets <emph>Left</emph> tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_DELALL\">Fjerner alle tabulatorene som du har angitt under <emph>Posisjon</emph>. <emph>Venstre </emph>tabulator blir satt med jevne mellomrom som standard tabulator.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20681,7 +20681,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/ParaAlignPage\">Sets the alignment of the paragraph relative to the margins of page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/ParaAlignPage\">Juster avsnittet i forhold til sidemargene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20717,7 +20717,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"linkstext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_LEFTALIGN\">Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.</ahelp></variable> If Asian language support is enabled, this option is named Left/Top."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"linkstext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_LEFTALIGN\">Juster avsnittet mot venstre marg.</ahelp></variable>Hvis du har slått på støtte for asiatiske språk, blir dette alternativet kalt «Venstre/Øverst»."
 
 #: 05030700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20735,7 +20735,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"rechtstext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_RIGHTALIGN\">Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.</ahelp></variable> If Asian language support is enabled, this option is named Right/Bottom."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"rechtstext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_RIGHTALIGN\">Juster avsnittet mot høyre marg.</ahelp></variable>Hvis støtte for asiatiske språk er slått på, blir dette kalt «Høyre/Nederst»"
 
 #: 05030700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20753,7 +20753,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"zentrierttext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_CENTERALIGN\">Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"zentrierttext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_CENTERALIGN\">Midtstill avsnittet på siden.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05030700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20771,7 +20771,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"blocksatztext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN\">Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"blocksatztext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN\">Juster avsnittet etter høyre og venstre marg.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05030700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20789,7 +20789,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/comboLB_LASTLINE\">Specify the alignment for the last line in the paragraph.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/comboLB_LASTLINE\">Bestem justeringa for den siste linja i avsnittet.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>"
 
 #: 05030700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20807,7 +20807,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/checkCB_EXPAND\">If the last line of a justified paragraph consists of one word, the word is stretched to the width of the paragraph.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/checkCB_EXPAND\">Hvis den siste linja i et avsnitt som er blokkjustert inneholder et ord, vil ordet bli strukket ut slik at det fyller hele bredden på avsnittet.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>"
 
 #: 05030700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20825,7 +20825,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/checkCB_SNAP\">Aligns the paragraph to a text grid. To activate the text grid, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Page - Text Grid\"><emph>Format - Page - Text Grid</emph></link>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/checkCB_SNAP\">Justerer avsnittet etter et tekstrutenett. Du kan slå på rutenettet ved å velge <emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp\" name=\"Format – Page – Text Grid\">Format → Side → Tekstrutenett</link></emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20843,7 +20843,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/comboLB_VERTALIGN\">Select an alignment option for oversized or undersized characters in the paragraph relative to the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/paragalignpage/comboLB_VERTALIGN\">Velg et justeringsalternativ for for små eller for store tegn i avsnittet, i forhold til resten av teksten i avsnittet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -20870,7 +20870,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/textdirectionlb\">Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnpage/textdirectionlb\">Angi tekstretninga for avsnitt som bruker kompleks tekst (CTL). Denne funksjonen er bare tilgjengelig hvis støtten for kompleks tekst er slått på.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24270,7 +24270,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/newstyle/stylename\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter a name for the new Style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sfx/ui/newstyle/stylename\" visibility=\"visible\">Gi et navn til den nye stilen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05140100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24500,7 +24500,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/LineTabPage\">Set the formatting options for the selected line or the line that you want to draw. You can also add arrowheads to a line, or change chart symbols.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/LineTabPage\">Angi egenskaper for linja du har valgt eller vil tegne. Du kan også legge til pilspisser på en linje eller endre diagramsymbolene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24527,7 +24527,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"stiltext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_LINE_STYLE\">Select the line style that you want to use.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"stiltext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_LINE_STYLE\">Velg den linjestilen du vil bruke.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24545,7 +24545,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"farbetext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_COLOR\">Select a color for the line.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"farbetext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_COLOR\">Velg farge på linja.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24563,7 +24563,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"breitetext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH\">Select the width for the line. You can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"breitetext\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_FLD_LINE_WIDTH\">Velg bredden på linja. Du kan legge til en måleenhet.En nullverdi gir en linje med en bredde på ett bildeelement i mediet den vises på. </ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24581,7 +24581,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT\">Enter the transparency of the line, where 100% corresponds to completely transparent and 0% to completely opaque. </ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_LINE_TRANSPARENT\">Angi graden av gjennomsiktighet for linja. Du kan velge en verdi mellom 0 % (ikke gjennomsiktig) og 100 % (helt gjennomsiktig).</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24626,7 +24626,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/MB_SYMBOL_BITMAP\">Select the symbol style that you want to use in your chart.</ahelp> If you select <emph>Automatic</emph>, $[officename] uses the default symbols for the selected chart type."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/MB_SYMBOL_BITMAP\">Angi stilen til symbolet som du vil bruke i diagrammet ditt.</ahelp> Hvis du velger <emph>automatisk</emph>, bruker $[officename] standardsymbolene for den valgte diagramtypen."
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24644,7 +24644,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/MF_SYMBOL_WIDTH\">Enter a width for the symbol.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/MF_SYMBOL_WIDTH\">Velg hvor bredt symbolet skal være.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24662,7 +24662,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/MF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT\">Enter a height for the symbol.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/MF_SYMBOL_HEIGHT\">Velg hvor høyt symbolet skal være.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24680,7 +24680,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/CB_SYMBOL_RATIO\">Maintains the proportions of the symbol when you enter a new height or width value.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/CB_SYMBOL_RATIO\">Beholder proporsjonene til symbolet/tegnet når du endrer høyden eller bredden.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24716,7 +24716,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_END_STYLE\">Select the arrowhead that you want to apply to the selected line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/LB_END_STYLE\">Angi hvilken pilspiss du vil bruke på den valgte linja.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24734,7 +24734,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_FLD_END_WIDTH\">Enter a width for the arrowhead.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/MTR_FLD_END_WIDTH\">Velg hvor bred pilspissen skal være.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24752,7 +24752,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/TSB_CENTER_END\">Places the center of the arrowhead(s) on the endpoint(s) of the selected line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/TSB_CENTER_END\">Plasser midten av pilspissene på slutten av linja.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24770,7 +24770,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/CBX_SYNCHRONIZE\">Automatically updates both arrowhead settings when you enter a different width, select a different arrowhead style,or center an arrowhead.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linetabpage/CBX_SYNCHRONIZE\">Automatisk oppdatering av innstillingene til begge pilspissene når du angir en ny bredde, velger en annen stil på pilspissene eller midtstiller en pilspiss.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24863,7 +24863,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/LB_LINESTYLES\">Select the style of line that you want to create.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/LB_LINESTYLES\">Velg hvilken stil du vil bruke på linja du skal lage.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24881,7 +24881,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/LB_TYPE_2\">Select the combination of dashes and dots that you want.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/LB_TYPE_2\">Velg den kombinasjonen av streker og prikker som du vil bruke.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24899,7 +24899,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/NUM_FLD_2\">Enter the number of times that you want a dot or a dash to appear in a sequence.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/NUM_FLD_2\">Angi hvor mange ganger du vil at en strek eller prikk skal gjentas i en sekvens.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24917,7 +24917,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/MTR_FLD_LENGTH_2\">Enter the length of the dash.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/MTR_FLD_LENGTH_2\">Velg hvor lang streken skal være.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24935,7 +24935,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/MTR_FLD_DISTANCE\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between dots or dashes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/MTR_FLD_DISTANCE\">Velg hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom prikkene eller strekene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24953,7 +24953,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/CBX_SYNCHRONIZE\">Automatically adjusts the entries relative to the length of the line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/CBX_SYNCHRONIZE\">Velg om elementene skal justeres automatisk i forhold til lengden på linja.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -24971,7 +24971,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_ADD\">Creates a new line style using the current settings.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_ADD\">Lag en ny linjestil ved hjelp av de nåværende innstillingene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25007,7 +25007,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_MODIFY\">Updates the selected line style using the current settings. To change the name of the selected line style, enter a new name when prompted.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_MODIFY\">Oppdater den valgte linjestilen ved å bruke gjeldende innstillinger. For å endre navnet på en valgt linjestil kan du skrive det inn når du blir bedt om det.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25025,7 +25025,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_LOAD\">Imports a list of line styles.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_LOAD\">Importer en liste med linjestiler.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25043,7 +25043,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_SAVE\">Saves the current list of line styles, so that you can load it again later.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/linestyletabpage/BTN_SAVE\">Lagrer lista med linjestiler slik at den kan hentes fram igjen senere.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25069,7 +25069,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/LineEndPage\">Edit or create arrow styles.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/LineEndPage\">Lag eller endre en stil for pilspisser.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25105,7 +25105,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/EDT_NAME\">Displays the name of the selected arrow style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/EDT_NAME\">Vis navnet på den valgte pilstilen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25123,7 +25123,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/LB_LINEENDS\">Choose a predefined arrow style symbol from the list box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/LB_LINEENDS\">Angi en forhåndsvalgt pilstil fra lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25141,7 +25141,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_ADD\">To define a custom arrow style, select a drawing object in the document, and then click here.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_ADD\">Velg et objekt i dokumentet og klikk her for å lage en tilpasset pilstil.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25159,7 +25159,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_MODIFY\">Changes the name of the selected arrow style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_MODIFY\">Gi nytt navn til den valgte pilstilen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25177,7 +25177,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_LOAD\">Imports a list of arrow styles.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_LOAD\">Importer en liste med pilstiler.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05200300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25195,7 +25195,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_SAVE\">Saves the current list of arrow styles, so that you can load it later.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/lineendstabpage/BTN_SAVE\">Lagre lista med pilstiler slik at den kan hentes fram igjen senere.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25255,7 +25255,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/AreaTabPage\">Set the fill options for the selected drawing object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/AreaTabPage\">Velg hvordan flater i det tegnede objektet skal fylles.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25318,7 +25318,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_COLOR\">Fills the selected object with the color that you click in the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_COLOR\">Fyll det valgte objektet med fargen du valgte fra lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25353,7 +25353,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_GRADIENT\">Fills the selected object with the gradient that you click in the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_GRADIENT\">Fyll det valgte objektet med fargeovergangen du valgte i lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25371,7 +25371,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_HATCHING\">Fills the selected object with the hatching pattern that you click in the list. To apply a background color to the hatching pattern, select the <emph>Background color</emph> box, and then click a color in the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_HATCHING\">Fyll det valgte objektet med det skraverte mønsteret du valgte i lista. For å legge inn en bakgrunnsfarge til skraveringsmønstret, velg boksen <emph>Bakgrunn</emph> før du velger en farge fra lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25389,7 +25389,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_BITMAP\">Fills the selected object with the bitmap pattern that you click in the list. To add a bitmap to the list, open this dialog in %PRODUCTNAME Draw, click the <emph>Bitmaps </emph>tab, and then click <emph>Import</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_BITMAP\">Fyll det valgte objektet med bildemønsteret du velger fra lista. Du legger til et bilde i lista ved å åpne dette dialogvinduet i %PRODUCTNAME Draw, trykke på fanen <emph>Bilde</emph> og deretter <emph>Importer</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25407,7 +25407,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_BITMAP\">Click the fill that you want to apply to the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_BITMAP\">Velg hva du vil fylle det valgte objektet med.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25443,7 +25443,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/TSB_STEPCOUNT\">Automatically determines the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/TSB_STEPCOUNT\">Finn automatisk ut hvor mange steg blandinga av de to ytterpunkt-fargene til fargeovergangen skal ha.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25461,7 +25461,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/NUM_FLD_STEPCOUNT\">Enter the number of steps for blending the two end colors of the gradient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/NUM_FLD_STEPCOUNT\">Angi antall steg blandinga av de to ytterpunkt-fargene til fargeovergangen skal ha.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25497,7 +25497,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/TSB_SCALE\">Rescales the bitmap relative to the size of the selected object by the percentage values that you enter in the <emph>Width</emph> and <emph>Height</emph> boxes . Clear this checkbox to resize the selected object with the measurements that you enter in the <emph>Width</emph> and <emph>Height</emph> boxes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/TSB_SCALE\">Skaler bildet med de prosentverdiene du har angitt for <emph>bredde</emph> og <emph>høyde</emph>, i forhold til størrelsen på det valgte objektet. Fjern krysset i denne boksen for å gi det valgte objektet den størrelsen du angir i boksene <emph>bredde</emph> og <emph>høyde</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25515,7 +25515,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/TSB_ORIGINAL\">Retains the original size of the bitmap when filling the selected object. To resize the bitmap, clear this checkbox, and then click <emph>Relative</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/TSB_ORIGINAL\"> Behold bildets opprinnelige størrelse når det brukes til å fylle det valgte objektet. For å endre størrelsen på bildet må du bruke <emph>Relativ</emph> i stedet for dette alternativet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25533,7 +25533,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/MTR_FLD_X_SIZE\">Enter a width for the bitmap.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/MTR_FLD_X_SIZE\">Velg hvor bredt det valgte bildet skal være.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25551,7 +25551,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "40\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/MTR_FLD_Y_SIZE\">Enter a height for the bitmap.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/MTR_FLD_Y_SIZE\">Velg hvor høyt det valgte bildet skal være.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25587,7 +25587,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "44\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/MTR_FLD_X_OFFSET\">Enter the horizontal offset for tiling the bitmap.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/MTR_FLD_X_OFFSET\">Velg hvor stor forskyvning du vil ha vannrett når du legger et bilde flere ganger ved siden av hverandre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25605,7 +25605,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "46\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/MTR_FLD_Y_OFFSET\">Enter the vertical offset for tiling the bitmap.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/MTR_FLD_Y_OFFSET\">Velg hvor stor forskyvning du vil ha loddrett når du legger et bilde flere ganger ved siden av hverandre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25623,7 +25623,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/TSB_TILE\">Tiles the bitmap to fill the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/TSB_TILE\">Legg bildet flere ganger ved siden av hverandre for å fylle det valgte objektet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25641,7 +25641,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/TSB_STRETCH\">Stretches the bitmap to fill the selected object. To use this feature, clear the <emph>Tile </emph>box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/TSB_STRETCH\">Strekk bildet for å fylle det valgte objektet. For å bruke dette alternativet må du skru av <emph>Legg ved siden av hverandre</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25677,7 +25677,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "50\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/RBT_ROW\">Horizontally offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/RBT_ROW\"> Forskyv det opprinnelige bildet vannrett i forhold til bilde-flisene med den verdien du skriver inn.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25695,7 +25695,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "52\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/RBT_COLUMN\">Vertically offsets the original bitmap relative to the bitmap tiles by the amount that you enter.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/RBT_COLUMN\">Forskyv det opprinnelige bildet loddrett i forhold til bilde-flisene tilsvarende den verdien du skriver inn.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25713,7 +25713,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "54\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/MTR_FLD_OFFSET\">Enter the percentage to offset the rows or columns.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/MTR_FLD_OFFSET\"> Velg en prosentvis forskyvning av radene eller kolonnene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25740,7 +25740,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "62\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/CB_HATCHBCKGRD\">Applies a background color to the hatching pattern. Select this checkbox, and then click a color in the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/CB_HATCHBCKGRD\"> Bruk en bakgrunnsfarge på det skraverte mønsteret. Velg først dette alternativet, deretter en farge fra lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25758,7 +25758,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "64\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_HATCHBCKGRDCOLOR\">Click the color that you want to use as a background for the selected hatching pattern.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/areatabpage/LB_HATCHBCKGRDCOLOR\">Velg den fargen du vil bruke som bakgrunn for det valgte skraveringsmønstret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -25818,7 +25818,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/gradientpage/GradientPage\">Set the properties of a gradient, or save and load gradient lists.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/gradientpage/GradientPage\">Angi innstillingene for en fargeovergang eller lagre/last inn en liste over fargeoverganger.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26086,7 +26086,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/HatchPage\">Set the properties of a hatching pattern, or save and load hatching lists.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/HatchPage\">Velg et mønster du vil skravere med, eller lagre/last inn en liste med skraveringer.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26122,7 +26122,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/distancemtr\">Enter the amount of space that you want to have between the hatch lines.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/distancemtr\">Angi hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom linjene i skraveringsmønstret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26140,7 +26140,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/anglemtr\">Enter the rotation angle for the hatch lines, or click a position in the angle grid.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/anglemtr\">Skriv inn vinkelen på linjene i skraveringsmønstret. Du kan også bruke boksen med himmelretninger for å velge vinkel.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26158,7 +26158,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/anglectl\">Click a position in the grid to define the rotation angle for the hatch lines.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/anglectl\">Trykk på en plassering i rutenettet for å angi en roteringsvinkel for skraveringa.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26176,7 +26176,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/linetypelb\">Select the type of hatch lines that you want to use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/linetypelb\">Angi hva slags linjer som skal brukes på skraveringa.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26194,7 +26194,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/linecolorlb\">Select the color of the hatch lines.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/linecolorlb\">Velg hvilken farge som skal brukes på linjene i skraveringa.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26230,7 +26230,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/hatchingslb\">Lists the available hatching patterns. Click the hatching pattern that you want to apply, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/hatchingslb\">List opp alle tilgjengelige skraveringsmønstre. Velg det mønsteret du vil bruke før du velger <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26248,7 +26248,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/add\">Adds a custom hatching pattern to the current list. Specify the properties of your hatching pattern, and then click this button.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/add\">Legg til et selvvalgt skraveringsmønster i lista. Angi egenskapene til skraveringsmønstret og trykk på denne knappen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26266,7 +26266,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/modify\">Applies the current hatching properties to the selected hatching pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/modify\">Kopierer egenskapene fra det gjeldende skraveringsmønstret til det skraveringsmønstret som er valgt. Hvis du vil kan mønsteret lagres under et eget navn.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26284,7 +26284,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/load\">Loads a different list of hatching patterns.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/load\">Hent inn en annen liste med skraveringsmønstre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26302,7 +26302,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/save\">Saves the current list of hatching patterns, so that you can load it later.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hatchpage/save\">Lagre lista med skraveringsmønstre slik at den kan hentes fram igjen senere.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26336,7 +26336,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BitmapTabPage\">Select a bitmap that you want to use as a fill pattern, or create your own pixel pattern. You can also import bitmaps, and save or load bitmap lists.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BitmapTabPage\">Velg et punktbilde som du vil bruke som fyllmønster, eller lag ditt eget mønster. Du kan også importere bilder og lagre eller laste inn bildelister.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26390,7 +26390,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/LB_COLOR\">Select a foreground color, and then click in the grid to add a pixel to the pattern.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/LB_COLOR\">Velg en forgrunnsfarge fra lista. Trykk på et felt i rutenettet for å legge til piksler til mønsteret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26408,7 +26408,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/LB_BACKGROUND_COLOR\">Select a background color for your bitmap pattern.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/LB_BACKGROUND_COLOR\">Velg en bakgrunnsfarge til mønsteret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26426,7 +26426,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/LB_BITMAPS\">Select a bitmap in the list, and then click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the pattern to the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/LB_BITMAPS\">Velg et bilde i lista, og trykk <emph>OK</emph> for å bruke mønsteret på det valgte objektet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26444,7 +26444,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_ADD\">Adds a bitmap that you created in the <emph>Pattern Editor </emph>to the current list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_ADD\">Legg til et bilde som du har laget i <emph>Redigering av mønstre</emph> i lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26462,7 +26462,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_MODIFY\">Replaces a bitmap that you created in the <emph>Pattern Editor</emph> with the current bitmap pattern. If you want, you can save the pattern under a different name.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_MODIFY\">Erstatt bildet du har laget med <emph>Redigering av mønstre</emph> med det gjeldende mønsteret. Du kan også lagre mønsteret under et annet navn.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26480,7 +26480,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_IMPORT\">Locate the bitmap that you want to import, and then click <emph>Open</emph>. The bitmap is added to the end of the list of available bitmaps.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_IMPORT\">Finn bildet som du vil importere, og velg deretter <emph>Åpne</emph>. Bildet vil bli lagt til i bunnen av lista over mønstre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26498,7 +26498,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_LOAD\">Loads a different list of bitmaps.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_LOAD\">Hent inn en annen bildeliste.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26516,7 +26516,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_SAVE\">Saves the current list of bitmaps, so that you can load it later.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/bitmaptabpage/BTN_SAVE\">Lagre lista med bilder slik at den kan hentes fram igjen senere.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210600.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26763,7 +26763,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_OFF\">Turns off color transparency.</ahelp> This is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_OFF\">Slå av gjennomsiktige farger.</ahelp> Dette er standardinnstillinga."
 
 #: 05210700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26781,7 +26781,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_LINEAR\">Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_LINEAR\">Skru på gjennomsiktige farger. Oppgi hvor gjennomsiktige de skal være. Du kan velge en verdi mellom 0% (ikke gjennomsiktig) og 100% (helt gjennomsiktig).</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26799,7 +26799,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRANSPARENT\">Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRANSPARENT\">Angi en gjennomsiktighetsgrad for fyllfargen. Du kan velge en verdi mellom 0 % (ikke gjennomsiktig) og 100 % (helt gjennomsiktig).</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26817,7 +26817,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_GRADIENT\">Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/RBT_TRANS_GRADIENT\">Bruk fyllfargen til å lage en gjennomsiktig fargeovergang. Etter å ha valgt dette alternativet må du angi egenskapene til fargeovergangen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26835,7 +26835,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/LB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES\">Select the type of transparency gradient that you want to apply.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/LB_TRGR_GRADIENT_TYPES\">Velg hva slags gjennomsiktig fargeovergang du vil bruke.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26853,7 +26853,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_CENTER_X\">Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_CENTER_X\">Velg hvor langt du vil forskyve fargeovergangen vannrett.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26871,7 +26871,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y\">Enter the vertical offset for the gradient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_CENTER_Y\">Velg hvor langt du vil forskyve fargeovergangen loddrett.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26889,7 +26889,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_ANGLE\">Enter a rotation angle for the gradient.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_ANGLE\">Angi rotasjonsvinkelen til fargeovergangen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26907,7 +26907,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_BORDER\">Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the transparent area of the gradient. The default value is 0%.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_BORDER\">Angi hvor mye du vil justere det gjennomsiktige området til fargeovergangen. Standardverdien er 0 %.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26925,7 +26925,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_START_VALUE\">Enter a transparency value for the beginning point of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_START_VALUE\">Oppgi hvor gjennomsiktig startpunktet til fargeovergangen skal være. Du kan velge en verdi mellom 0% (ikke gjennomsiktig) og 100% (helt gjennomsiktig).</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26943,7 +26943,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_END_VALUE\">Enter a transparency value for the endpoint of the gradient, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/transparencytabpage/MTR_TRGR_END_VALUE\">Oppgi hvor gjennomsiktig endepunktet til fargeovergangen skal være. Du kan velge en verdi mellom 0% (ikke gjennomsiktig) og 100% (helt gjennomsiktig).</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05210700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -26995,7 +26995,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TextAttributesPage\">Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TextAttributesPage\">Velg utseende og forankringsegenskapene for tekst i den valgte tegninga eller tekstobjektet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27031,7 +27031,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH\">Expands the width of the object to the width of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_WIDTH\">Utvid objektbredden til å samsvare med tekstbredden hvis objektet er mindre enn teksten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27049,7 +27049,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT\">Expands the height of the object to the height of the text, if the object is smaller than the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_AUTOGROW_HEIGHT\">Utvid objekthøyden til å samsvare med teksthøyden hvis objektet er mindre enn teksten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27067,7 +27067,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_FIT_TO_SIZE\">Resizes the text to fit the entire area of the drawing or text object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/TSB_FIT_TO_SIZE\">Endre størrelsen på teksten så den passer hele tegninga eller tekstobjektet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27153,7 +27153,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_LEFT\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the drawing or text object and the left border of the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_LEFT\">Velg hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom venstre kant av tegninga eller tekstobjektet, og venstre marg.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27171,7 +27171,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_RIGHT\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the right edge of the drawing or text object and the right border of the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_RIGHT\">Velg hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom høyre kant av tegninga eller tekstobjektet, og høyre marg.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27189,7 +27189,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_TOP\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the drawing or text object and the upper border of the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_TOP\">Velg hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom øvre kant av tegninga eller tekstobjektet, og toppmargen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27207,7 +27207,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_BOTTOM\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom edge of the drawing or text object and the lower border of the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/MTR_FLD_BOTTOM\">Velg hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom nedre kant av tegninga eller tekstobjektet, og bunnmargen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27243,7 +27243,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/CTL_POSITION\">Click where you want to place the anchor for the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textattrtabpage/CTL_POSITION\">Velg hvor du vil plassere tekstankeret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05220000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27357,7 +27357,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_X\">Enter the horizontal distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_X\">Velg hvor langt du vil flytte objektet vannrett i forhold til startpunktet i rutenettet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27375,7 +27375,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_Y\">Enter the vertical distance that you want to move the object relative to the base point selected in the grid.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_Y\">Velg hvor langt du vil flytte objektet loddrett i forhold til startpunktet i rutenettet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27393,7 +27393,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/CTL_POSRECT\">Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the amount that you want to shift the object relative to the base point that you selected in the <emph>Position Y</emph> and <emph>Position X</emph> boxes. The base points correspond to the selection handles on an object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/CTL_POSRECT\">Trykk på et grunnpunkt i rutenettet og velg deretter hvor langt du vil forskyve objektet bort fra grunnpunktet. Dette grunnpunktet ble valgt i boksene for <emph>posisjon Y</emph> og <emph>posisjon X</emph>; grunnpunktet stemmer overens med håndtakene på et objekt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27429,7 +27429,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_WIDTH\">Enter a width for the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_WIDTH\">Velg hvor bredt det valgte objektet skal være.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27447,7 +27447,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_HEIGHT\">Enter a height for the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/MTR_FLD_HEIGHT\">Velg hvor høyt det valgte objektet skal være.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27465,7 +27465,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/CBX_SCALE\">Maintains proportions when you resize the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/CBX_SCALE\">Behold samme størrelsesforhold på objektet når du endrer størrelse på det.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27483,7 +27483,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/CTL_SIZERECT\">Click a base point in the grid, and then enter the new size dimensions for the selected object in the <emph>Width</emph> and <emph>Height</emph> boxes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/CTL_SIZERECT\">Trykk på et grunnpunkt i rutenettet og skriv inn en ny størrelsen på det valgte objektet i boksene for <emph>høyde</emph> og <emph>bredde</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27510,7 +27510,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/TSB_POSPROTECT\">Prevents changes to the position or the size of the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/TSB_POSPROTECT\">Forhindre at det valgte objektet kan bli flyttet eller få en annen størrelse.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27528,7 +27528,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/TSB_SIZEPROTECT\">Prevents you from resizing the object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/TSB_SIZEPROTECT\">Lås størrelsen på objektet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27564,7 +27564,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/LB_ANCHOR\"><switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\">Select the type of anchor for the selected object. </caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/LB_ANCHOR\"><switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\">Velg hvilken ankertype det valgte objektet skal ha.</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27582,7 +27582,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/LB_ORIENT\"><switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\">Specifies the position of the anchor in relation to the character height. </caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/possizetabpage/LB_ORIENT\"><switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\">Velger posisjonen til ankeret i forhold til høyden på tegnene.</caseinline></switchinline></ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27667,7 +27667,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/rotationtabpage/Rotation\">Rotates the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/rotationtabpage/Rotation\">Roter det valgte objektet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27712,7 +27712,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/rotationtabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_X\">Enter the horizontal distance from the left edge of the page to the pivot point.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/rotationtabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_X\">Velg avstanden mellom venstre sidekant og rotasjonspunktet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27730,7 +27730,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/rotationtabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_Y\">Enter the vertical distance from the top edge of the page to the pivot point.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/rotationtabpage/MTR_FLD_POS_Y\">Velg loddrett avstand mellom rotasjonspunktet og toppen av siden.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27748,7 +27748,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/rotationtabpage/CTL_RECT\">Click where you want to place the pivot point.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/rotationtabpage/CTL_RECT\">Trykk der du vil plassere pivot-punktet (omdreiningspunktet).</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27784,7 +27784,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/rotationtabpage/MTR_FLD_ANGLE\">Enter the number of degrees that you want to rotate the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/rotationtabpage/MTR_FLD_ANGLE\">Velg hvor mange grader det valgte objektet skal roteres.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27802,7 +27802,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/rotationtabpage/CTL_ANGLE\">Click to specify the rotation angle in multiples of 45 degrees.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/rotationtabpage/CTL_ANGLE\">Trykk for å velge rotasjonsvinkelen i steg på 45 grader.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27836,7 +27836,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/slantcornertabpage/SlantAndCornerRadius\">Slants the selected object, or rounds the corners of a rectangular object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/slantcornertabpage/SlantAndCornerRadius\">Skråstill det valgte objektet eller avrund hjørnene på et rektangulært objekt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27872,7 +27872,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/slantcornertabpage/MTR_FLD_RADIUS\">Enter the radius of the circle that you want to use to round the corners.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/slantcornertabpage/MTR_FLD_RADIUS\">Velg radiusen på sirkelen du vil bruke til å avrunde hjørnene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -27908,7 +27908,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/slantcornertabpage/MTR_FLD_ANGLE\">Enter the angle of the slant axis.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/slantcornertabpage/MTR_FLD_ANGLE\">Velg vinkel på de skrå aksene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05230500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29591,7 +29591,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TextAnimation\">Adds an animation effect to the text in the selected drawing object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TextAnimation\">Bruk en animasjonseffekt på teksten eller et valgt tegneobjekt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29627,7 +29627,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/LB_EFFECT\">Select the animation effect that you want to apply to the text in the selected drawing object. To remove an animation effect, select <emph>No Effect</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/LB_EFFECT\">Velg hvilken animasjonseffekt du vil bruke på teksten i det valgte tegneobjektet. For å fjerne en effekt velger du <emph>Ingen effekt</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29645,7 +29645,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_LEFT\">Scrolls text from right to left.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_LEFT\">Rull teksten fra høyre til venstre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29680,7 +29680,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_RIGHT\">Scrolls text from left to right.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_RIGHT\">Rull teksten fra venstre til høyre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29715,7 +29715,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_UP\">Scrolls text from bottom to top.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_UP\">Rull teksten nedenfra og opp.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29750,7 +29750,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_DOWN\">Scrolls text from top to bottom.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_DOWN\">Rull teksten ovenfra og ned.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29794,7 +29794,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_START_INSIDE\">Text is visible and inside the drawing object when the effect is applied.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_START_INSIDE\">Brukes til å gjøre teksten inne i et tegneobjekt synlig.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29812,7 +29812,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "31\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_STOP_INSIDE\">Text remains visible after the effect is applied.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_STOP_INSIDE\">Teksten vil fortsatt være synlig etter at denne effekten er lagt til.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29848,7 +29848,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_ENDLESS\">Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the <emph>Continuous</emph> box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_ENDLESS\">Kjør animasjonseffekten kontinuerlig. For å angi hvor mange ganger effekten skal kjøres, fjern krysset for dette valget og skriv inn et tall i boksen <emph>Sammenhengende</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29866,7 +29866,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "40\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/NUM_FLD_COUNT\">Enter the number of times that you want the animation effect to repeat.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/NUM_FLD_COUNT\">Angi hvor mange ganger animasjonseffekten skal gjentas.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29902,7 +29902,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_PIXEL\">Measures increment value in pixels.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_PIXEL\">Mål stegverdien i antall bildepunkter.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29920,7 +29920,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "44\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_AMOUNT\">Enter the number of increments by which to scroll the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_AMOUNT\">Angi hvor mange hakk av gangen teksten skal rulles.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29956,7 +29956,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_AUTO\">$[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the<emph> Automatic</emph> box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_AUTO\">$[officename] avgjør automatisk hvor lang tid det skal gå før en effekt blir kjørt på nytt. Du kan velge denne tiden manuelt ved å fjerne merket i avkryssingsboksen og så skrive inn en verdi i boksen <emph>Automatisk</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05320000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -29974,7 +29974,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "42\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_DELAY\">Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_DELAY\">Angi hvor lang pause det skal være før effekten gjentas.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05340100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -34238,7 +34238,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/applyautofmtpage/ApplyAutoFmtPage\">Select the options for automatically correcting errors as you type, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/applyautofmtpage/ApplyAutoFmtPage\">Angi alternativene for automatisk retting av skrivefeil mens du skriver og trykk <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06040100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -34883,7 +34883,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "76\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/applyautofmtpage/edit\">Modifies the selected AutoCorrect option.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/applyautofmtpage/edit\">Endre det valgte alternativet for autoretting.</ahelp></caseinline></switchinline>"
 
 #: 06040200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -35291,7 +35291,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/doublereplace\">Automatically replaces the default system symbol for single quotation marks with the special character that you specify.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/doublereplace\">Erstatt automatisk standard hermetegn med de tegnene du oppgir.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06040400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -35345,7 +35345,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/defaultsingle\">Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/defaultsingle\">Tilbakestill hermetegnene til standardsymbolene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06040500.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -35921,7 +35921,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/pickbulletpage/valueset\">Click the bullet style that you want to use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/pickbulletpage/valueset\">Velg den punktmerkinga du vil bruke.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06050100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -37748,7 +37748,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/PasswordDialog\">Protects the selected library with a password.</ahelp> You can enter a new password, or change the current password."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/PasswordDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Beskytt det valgte biblioteket med et passord.</ahelp> Du kan skrive inn et nytt passord, eller endre det du har."
 
 #: 06130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -37775,7 +37775,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/oldpassEntry\">Enter the current password for the selected library.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/oldpassEntry\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn det nåværende passordet for det valgte biblioteket.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -37802,7 +37802,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/newpassEntry\">Enter a new password for the selected library.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/newpassEntry\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn et nytt passord for det valgte biblioteket.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -37820,7 +37820,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry\">Reenter the new password for the selected library.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn passordet for det valgte biblioteket på nytt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06130200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -39839,7 +39839,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername\">Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername\">Skriv inn navnet du vil vise i listeboksen i dialogvinduet <emph>XML-filterinnstillinger</emph>.</ahelp> Du må skrive inn et unikt navn."
 
 #: 06150110.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -39857,7 +39857,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername\">Select the application that you want to use with the filter.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername\">Velg programmet du vil bruke med filteret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06150110.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -39875,7 +39875,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/interfacename\">Enter the name that you want to display in the <emph>File type</emph> box in file dialogs.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name. For import filters, the name appears in the <emph>File type</emph> box of <emph>Open</emph> dialogs. For export filters, the name appears in the <emph>File format</emph> box of <emph>Export</emph> dialogs."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/interfacename\">Skriv inn navnet du vil vise i boksen <emph>Filtype</emph> i dialogvinduer.</ahelp> Du må velge et unikt navn. For importfiltere kommer navnet fram i boksen <emph>Filtype</emph> i dialogvinduene kalt <emph>Åpne</emph>. For eksportfiltere kommer navnet fram i boksen <emph>Filformat</emph> i dialogvinduene kalt <emph>Eksporter</emph>."
 
 #: 06150110.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -39893,7 +39893,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/extension\">Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/extension\">Skriv inn filetternavnet du vil bruke når du åpner en fil uten å oppgi et filter. $[officename] bruker filetternavnet for å avgjøre hvilket filter som bør brukes.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06150110.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -39911,7 +39911,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/description\">Enter a comment (optional).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/description\">Skriv inn en merknad (valgfritt).</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06150120.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -39955,7 +39955,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/doc\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/doc\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn dokumenttypen til XML-fila.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06150120.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -39982,7 +39982,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/browsetemp\" visibility=\"visible\">Opens a file selection dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/browsetemp\" visibility=\"visible\">Åpne et dialogvindu for filvalg.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06150120.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -40000,7 +40000,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltexport\" visibility=\"visible\">If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltexport\" visibility=\"visible\">Hvis dette er et eksportfilter, skriver du inn navnet på XSLT-stilsettet du vil bruke til eksportering.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06150120.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -40018,7 +40018,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltimport\" visibility=\"visible\">If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltimport\" visibility=\"visible\">Hvis dette er et importfilter, skriver du inn navnet på XSLT-stilsettet du vil bruke ved importering.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06150120.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -40036,7 +40036,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/tempimport\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/tempimport\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn navnet på malen du vil bruke til importering. Stilene i malen viser XML-tagger.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06150120.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -43561,7 +43561,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/all\">Exports all defined print ranges. If no print range is defined, exports the entire document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/all\">Eksporter alle oppgitte fargeområder. Hvis det ikke er oppgitt noe fargeområde blir hele dokumentet eksportert.</ahelp>"
 
 #: ref_pdf_export.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -43579,7 +43579,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/pages\">Exports the pages you type in the box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/pages\">Eksporter sidene du skriver inn i skrivefeltet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: ref_pdf_export.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -43606,7 +43606,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/selection\">Exports the current selection.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"filter/ui/pdfgeneralpage/selection\">Eksporter utvalget.</ahelp>"
 
 #: ref_pdf_export.xhp
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02.po b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02.po
index a9950334904..91fdc35273e 100644
--- a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02.po
+++ b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/02.po
@@ -8849,7 +8849,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/CTRLtree\">Lists all controls in the form. These controls can be selected with the tab key in the given order from top to bottom.</ahelp> Select a control from the <emph>Controls </emph>list to assign the desired position in the tab order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/CTRLtree\">Lister opp alle kontrollelementene i skjemaet. Kontrollelementene kan velges med tabulatortasten i en gitt rekkefølge fra øverst til nederst.</ahelp> Velg et element fra lista <emph>Kontrollelementer</emph> for å tildele det en plass i tabulatorrekkefølgen."
 
 #: 01170300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8867,7 +8867,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/upB\">Click the<emph> Move Up</emph> button to shift the selected control one position higher in the tab order.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/upB\">Trykk <emph>Flytt opp</emph> for å flytte det valgte kontrollelementet en posisjon lenger opp i tabulator-rekkefølgen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01170300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8885,7 +8885,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/downB\">Click the<emph> Move Down</emph> button to shift the selected control one position lower in the tab order.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/downB\">Trykk <emph>Flytt ned</emph> for å flytte det valgte kontrollelementet en posisjon lenger ned i tabulator-rekkefølgen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01170300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8903,7 +8903,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/autoB\">Click the<emph> Automatic Sort</emph> button to automatically sort the controls according to their position in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/spropctrlr/ui/taborder/autoB\">Trykk på knappen <emph>Automatisk sortering</emph> for å sortere kontrollelementene i henhold til posisjonen de har i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01170400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13772,7 +13772,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astable\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Table</emph> option to insert the selected data into the document as a table. In the dialog, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text table is formatted."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astable\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sett data som er valgt fra datakildeutforskeren inn i dokumentet som en tabell.</ahelp> Velg <emph>Tabell</emph> i dialogvinduet <emph>Sett inn databasekolonner</emph> for å sette de valgte dataene inn i dokumentet som en tabell. I dialogvinduet kan du også bestemme hvilke databasefelt eller kolonner som skal overføres, og hvordan teksttabellen skal formateres."
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13808,7 +13808,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabledbcols\">Specifies the database columns to be inserted into the text table.</ahelp> All database table columns that have not been accepted in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are listed here. The entries are sorted alphabetically."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabledbcols\">Velg databasekolonnen du vil sette inn i teksttabellen.</ahelp> Alle databasetabellkolonner som ikke er godtatt i listeboksen <emph>Tabellkolonner</emph> blir listet opp her. Oppføringene er sortert alfabetisk."
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13826,7 +13826,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tablecols\">Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.</ahelp> A column will be assigned to each corresponding entry in the table. The entry order in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box determines the data order in the text table."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tablecols\">Viser alle databasetabeller som kan settes inn i dokumentet.</ahelp> Det blir tildelt en kolonne til hver oppføring i tabellen. Oppføringsrekkefølgen i listeboksen for <emph>tabellkolonner</emph> avgjør datarekkefølgen i teksttabellen."
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13844,7 +13844,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allright\">Moves all listed database fields into the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box.</ahelp> All fields listed in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are inserted into the document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allright\">Flytt alle databasefeltene i lista inn i listeboksen for <emph>tabellkolonner</emph>.</ahelp> Alle felter som er listet opp i listeboksen blir satt inn i dokumentet."
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13862,7 +13862,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneright\">Moves the selected database field into the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. </ahelp> You can also double click an entry to move it to the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. All fields listed in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are inserted into the document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneright\">Flytt de valgte databasefeltene inn i listeboksen for <emph>tabellkolonner</emph>.</ahelp> Du kan også dobbeltklikke på en oppføring for å flytte den over i listeboksen. Alle felter som er listet opp i listeboksen for <emph>tabellkolonner</emph> blir satt inn i dokumentet."
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13880,7 +13880,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneleft\">Removes the selected database field from the<emph> Table column(s)</emph> list box</ahelp> The removed field is not inserted into the document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneleft\">Fjern de valgte databasefeltene fra listeboksen for <emph>tabellkolonner</emph>.</ahelp> Feltene som er fjernet blir ikke satt inn i dokumentet."
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13898,7 +13898,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allleft\">Removes all database fields from the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allleft\">Flytt alle databasefeltene fra listeboksen i <emph>tabellkolonner</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13934,7 +13934,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "31\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/fromdatabase\">Accepts the database formats.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/fromdatabase\">Godta databaseformatene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13952,7 +13952,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/numformat\">Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.</ahelp> The formats supplied here are only available for certain database fields, such as numeric or Boolean fields. If you select a database field in text format, you will not be able to select any format from the selection list, since the text format will be automatically maintained."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/numformat\">Velg et format fra lista hvis formatinformasjonen til noen datafelter ikke blir godtatt.</ahelp> Disse formatene er bare tilgjengelige for bestemte databasefelter, som tallfelt eller Boolske felt. Hvis du velger et databasefelt i tekstformat kan du ikke velge noe format fra lista, siden tekstformatet automatisk blir bevart."
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13997,7 +13997,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableheading\">Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableheading\">Angi om det skal settes inn en overskriftslinje for kolonnene i teksttabellen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14015,7 +14015,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/columnname\">Uses the field names of the database table as headings for each of the text table columns.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/columnname\">Bruk feltnavnene i databasetabellen som overskrifter for hver av kolonnene i teksttabellene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14033,7 +14033,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/rowonly\">Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.</ahelp> Using the<emph> Create row only </emph>option, you can define headings in the document, which do not correspond to the database field names."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/rowonly\">Setter inn en tom linje for overskrifter i teksttabellen.</ahelp> Hvis du bruker <emph>Lag bare rad</emph>-alternativet, kan du lage overskrifter som ikke trenger å samsvare med navnene på databasefeltene, i dokumentet."
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14051,7 +14051,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableformat\">Opens the <switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Table Format\"><emph>Table Format</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Table Format</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableformat\">Åpne dialogvinduet <switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Table Format\"><emph>Tabellformatering</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tabellformatering</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>, som lar deg bestemme egenskaper som kantlinjer, bakgrunn og kolonnebredde.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14069,7 +14069,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/autoformat\">Opens the <switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat\"><emph>AutoFormat</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>AutoFormat</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/autoformat\">Åpne dialogvinduet <switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"WRITER\"><link href=\"text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp\" name=\"AutoFormat\"><emph>Autoformatering</emph></link></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Autoformatering</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>, der du kan velge formatstiler som blir tatt i bruk når du setter inn tabellen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14103,7 +14103,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/asfields\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as fields.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, select the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link> to insert the selected data into the document as fields. These <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"database fields\">database fields</link> work as wildcards for the individual database columns and can be used for form letters. Click the <link href=\"text/shared/02/12080000.xhp\" name=\"Data to Fields\"><emph>Data to Fields</emph></link> icon to match the contents of the fields to the currently selected record."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/asfields\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sett data du har valgt i datakildeutforskeren inn i dokumentet som felter.</ahelp> I dialogvinduet <emph>Sett inn databasekolonne</emph> velger du <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Felt</link>. Disse <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp\" name=\"database fields\">databasefeltene</link> fungerer som jokertegn for de ulike databasekolonnene og kan brukes til standardbrev. Trykk på knappen <link href=\"text/shared/02/12080000.xhp\" name=\"Data to Fields\"><emph>Data til felt</emph></link> for å tilpasse feltinnholdet til den valgte posten."
 
 #: 12070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14157,7 +14157,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "Lists all columns of the database table, which can be accepted in the selection list box to insert them into the document. <ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabletxtcols\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database columns that you want to insert it in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lister opp alle kolonnene i databasetabellen som kan settes inn i dokumentet. <ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabletxtcols\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg hvilke databasekolonner du vil sette inn i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 12070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14193,7 +14193,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/textview\" visibility=\"visible\">Lists the database columns that you selected to be inserted into the document. You can also enter text here. This text will be also inserted into the document.</ahelp> The entries' order in the selection field corresponds to the data order in the document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/textview\" visibility=\"visible\">Lister opp databasekolonnene du valgte å sette inn i dokumentet. Du kan også skrive tekst her som blir satt inn i dokumentet.</ahelp> Rekkefølgen på oppføringene i utvalggsfeltet samsvarer med datarekkefølgen i dokumentet."
 
 #: 12070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14211,7 +14211,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "By default, the inserted paragraphs are formatted with the current Paragraph Styles. This format corresponds to the \"none\" entry in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> list box. <ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/parastyle\" visibility=\"visible\">This is where you can select other Paragraph Styles to apply to the paragraph you want to insert into the document.</ahelp> The list box displays the available Paragraph Styles defined in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> and managed in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"Style Catalog\">Style Catalog</link>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Avsnitt du setter inn, blir som standard formatert med de gjeldende avsnittsstilene. Dette formatet tilsvarer «ingen» i lista <emph>Avsnittsstil</emph>. <ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/parastyle\" visibility=\"visible\">Her kan du velge andre avsnittsstiler som skal brukes på avsnittet du vil sette inn i dokumentet.</ahelp> Lista viser de tilgjengelige avsnittsstilene som er valgt i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, og som behandles i <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"Style Catalog\">stilkatalogen</link>."
 
 #: 12070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14245,7 +14245,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astext\" visibility=\"hidden\">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.</ahelp> If you select the <emph>Text</emph> option in the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, the content of the data selected in the data source browser is inserted into the document as text. In the dialog, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text is formatted."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astext\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sett dataene i datakildeutforskeren inn i dokumentet som tekst.</ahelp> Hvis du velger <emph>Tekst</emph> i dialogvinduet <emph>Sett inn databasekolonner</emph>, blir innholdet i dataene, som er valgt i datakildeutforskeren, satt inn i dokumentet som tekst. I dialogvinduet kan du også velge hvilke databasefelter eller kolonner som skal overføres og hvordan teksten skal formateres."
 
 #: 12070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database.po b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database.po
index 96f8aaf0edb..011856b01f8 100644
--- a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database.po
+++ b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/explorer/database.po
@@ -6316,7 +6316,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/sql\">Enter the SQL administration command that you want to run.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/sql\">Skriv inn SQL-kommandoen du vil kjøre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 11080000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6361,7 +6361,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/sqlhistory\">Lists the previously executed SQL commands. To run a command again, click the command, and then click <emph>Run</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/sqlhistory\">Lister opp de tidligere utførte SQL-kommandoene. Velg en kommando og trykk <emph>Kjør</emph> for å kjøre en kommando på nytt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 11080000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6379,7 +6379,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/status\">Displays the results, including errors, of the SQL command that you ran.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/status\">Viser resultatet, med eventuelle feilmeldinger, til SQL-kommandoen du kjørte.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 11080000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6397,7 +6397,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/execute\">Runs the command that you entered in the <emph>Command to execute </emph>box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"dbaccess/ui/directsqldialog/execute\">Kjør kommandoen som du skrev inn i <emph>Kjør kommando</emph>-boksen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 11090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen.po b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen.po
index 59985802ef1..bf27bc008a0 100644
--- a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen.po
+++ b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/shared/optionen.po
@@ -14136,7 +14136,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/optctlpage/movementlogical\">Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/optctlpage/movementlogical\">Skrivemerket flyttes mot slutten av teksten når du trykker «Pil høyre», og mot starten av teksten når du trykker «Pil venstre».</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14154,7 +14154,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/optctlpage/movementvisual\">Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor in the right-hand direction. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor in the left-hand direction.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/optctlpage/movementvisual\">Skrivemerket flyttes mot høyre når du trykker «Pil høyre», og mot venstre når du trykker «Pil venstre».</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14181,7 +14181,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/optctlpage/numerals\">Selects the type of numerals used within text, text in objects, fields, and controls, in all <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> modules. Only cell contents of <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc are not affected.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/optctlpage/numerals\">Angir talltypen som skal brukes i tekst, tekst i objekter, felter og kontroller i alle -odular. De<&item type=\"productneme\">t er bare celleinnholdet i  alc som ikk<&item type=\"productname\">e påvirkes av dette valget.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01150300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14313,7 +14313,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connpooloptions/connectionpooling\">Specifies whether the chosen connections are pooled.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connpooloptions/connectionpooling\">Angir om de valgte tilkoblingene skal samles i et forråd.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01160100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14367,7 +14367,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connpooloptions/enablepooling\">Select a driver from the list and mark the <emph>Enable pooling for this driver</emph> checkbox in order to pool its connection.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connpooloptions/enablepooling\">Velg en driver fra lista og merk av for <emph>Slå på forråd for denne driveren</emph> for å legge til tilkoblingen til driveren i forrådet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 01160100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14385,7 +14385,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connpooloptions/timeout\">Defines the time in seconds after which a pooled connection is freed.</ahelp> The time can be anywhere between 30 and 600 seconds."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connpooloptions/timeout\">Angir etter hvor mange sekunder en tilkobling i forrådet skal gjøres ledig.</ahelp> Denne tidsgrensen kan settes til en hvilken som helst verdi mellom 30 og 600 sekunder."
 
 #: 01160200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14769,7 +14769,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1060E\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/javaclasspath/archive\">Select an archive file in jar or zip format and add the file to the class path.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/javaclasspath/archive\">Velg en arkivfil i «jar»- eller «zip»-format, og legg denne fila til i klassestien.</ahelp>"
 
 #: javaclasspath.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14785,7 +14785,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10629\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/javaclasspath/folder\">Select a folder and add the folder to the class path.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/javaclasspath/folder\">Velg en mappe og legg til denne mappa i klassestien.</ahelp>"
 
 #: javaclasspath.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14801,7 +14801,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10644\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/javaclasspath/remove\">Select an archive or a folder in the list and click Remove to remove the object from the class path.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/javaclasspath/remove\">Velg et arkiv eller en mappe i lista, og trykk «Fjern» for å fjerne objektet fra klassestien.</ahelp>"
 
 #: javaparameters.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14841,7 +14841,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1056C\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/JavaStartParameters/parameterfield\">Enter a start parameter for a JRE as you would on a command line. Click Assign to add the parameter to the list of available start parameters.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/JavaStartParameters/parameterfield\">Skriv inn en startparameter for Java-kjøremiljøet (JRE) på samme måte som du ville gjort det på kommandolinja. Trykk «Tildel» for å legge parameteren til i lista over tilgjengelige startparametre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: javaparameters.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14913,7 +14913,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10590\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/JavaStartParameters/assignlist\">Lists the assigned JRE start parameters. To remove a start parameter, select the parameter, and then click <emph>Remove</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/JavaStartParameters/assignlist\">Viser en liste over de tildelte JRE-startparametrene. Hvis du vil fjerne en startparameter, må du først merke den og deretter trykke på <emph>Fjern</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: javaparameters.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14929,7 +14929,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105AB\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/JavaStartParameters/assignbtn\">Adds the current JRE start parameter to the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/JavaStartParameters/assignbtn\">Legger den gjeldende JRE-startparameteren til i lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: javaparameters.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -14945,7 +14945,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105C6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/JavaStartParameters/removebtn\">Deletes the selected JRE start parameter.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/JavaStartParameters/removebtn\">Sletter den valgte JRE-startparameteren.</ahelp>"
 
 #: macrosecurity.xhp
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/01.po b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/01.po
index 37d4a8c3d1d..5fae43921bd 100644
--- a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/01.po
+++ b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/simpress/01.po
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/increments\">Enter the number of shapes you want between the two selected objects.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/increments\">Angi antall figurer du vil ha mellom de to valgte objektene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/attributes\">Applies cross-fading to the line and fill properties of the selected objects.</ahelp> For example, if the selected objects are filled with different colors, a color transition between the two colors is applied."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/attributes\">Legg til overgangstoning for linja og til fyllegenskapene for de valgte objektene.</ahelp> For eksempel hvis de valgte objektene er fylt med forskjellige farger vil en blanding av de to fargene brukes."
 
 #: 02150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/orientation\">Applies a smooth transition between the selected objects.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/orientation\">legg til en glatt overgang mellom de valgte objektene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/EditFieldsDialog\">Edits the properties of an inserted field.</ahelp></variable> To edit an inserted field, double-click it. <switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"IMPRESS\">Then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"DRAW\">Then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</caseinline></switchinline>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"feldbefehltext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/EditFieldsDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Endre egenskapene for et innsatt felt.</ahelp></variable> Dobbeltklikk på et innsatt felt, og velg <switchinline select=\"appl\"> <caseinline select=\"IMPRESS\"><emph>Rediger – Felter</emph></caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"appl\"><caseinline select=\"DRAW\"><emph>Rediger – Felter</emph></caseinline></switchinline> for å redigere det."
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/fixedRB\">Displays the content of the field when the field was inserted.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/fixedRB\" visibility=\"visible\">Vis innholdet som var i feltet da det ble satt inn.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1399,7 +1399,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/varRB\">Displays the current value of the field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/varRB\" visibility=\"visible\">Vis den gjeldende verdien i feltet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/languageLB\">Select the language for the field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/languageLB\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg språk for feltet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 02160000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/formatLB\">Select a display format for the field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/formatLB\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg et visningsformat for feltet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03050000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1053B\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/MasterLayoutDialog\">Adds or removes header, footer, date, and slide number placeholders to the layout of the slide master.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/MasterLayoutDialog\">Legg til eller fjern plassholdere for topptekst, bunntekst, dato og lysbildenummer i utforminga til tittellysbildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03151100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1055A\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/header\">Adds a header placeholder to the slide master for notes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/header\">Legg til en plassholder for topptekst til tittellysbildet for merknader.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03151100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10575\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/datetime\">Adds a date/time placeholder to the slide master.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/datetime\">Legg til en plassholder for dato/tid til tittellysbildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03151100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2078,7 +2078,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10590\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/footer\">Adds a footer placeholder to the slide master.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/footer\">Legg til en plassholder for bunntekst til tittellysbildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03151100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN105AB\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/pagenumber\">Adds a slide number placeholder to the slide master.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/masterlayoutdlg/pagenumber\">Legg til en plassholder for lysbildenummer til tittellysbildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03151200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2150,7 +2150,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1054E\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfooterdialog/HeaderFooterDialog\">Adds or changes text in placeholders at the top and the bottom of slides and slide masters.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfooterdialog/HeaderFooterDialog\">Legg til eller endre tekst i plassholderne på toppen og bunnen av lysbilder og tittellysbilder.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03152000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2222,7 +2222,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN106C8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/footer_cb\">Adds the text that you enter in the <emph>Footer text</emph> box to the bottom of the slide.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/footer_cb\">Legg til teksten du skriver inn i <emph>Bunntekst</emph>-boksen i bunnen av lysbildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03152000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2238,7 +2238,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN106E2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/footer_text\">Adds the text that you enter to the bottom of the slide.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/footer_text\">Legg til teksten du skriver inn på bunnen av lysbildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03152000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN106FC\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/header_cb\">Adds the text that you enter in the <emph>Header text</emph> box to the top of the slide.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/header_cb\">Legg til teksten du skriver inn i <emph>topptekst</emph>-boksen i toppen av lysbildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03152000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10716\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/header_text\">Adds the text that you enter to the top of the slide.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/header_text\">Legg til teksten du skriver inn i toppen av lysbildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03152000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10730\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/datetime_cb\">Adds the date and time to the slide.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/datetime_cb\">Legg tid og dato til lysbildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03152000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2302,7 +2302,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10752\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/rb_fixed\">Displays the date and time that you enter in the text box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/rb_fixed\">Viser tiden og datoen du skriver inn i tekstfeltet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03152000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2318,7 +2318,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10774\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/rb_auto\">Displays the date and time that the slide was created. Select a date format from the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/rb_auto\">Viser tiden og datoen da lysbildet ble opprettet. Velg et datoformat fra lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03152000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2334,7 +2334,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN1078E\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/language_list\">Select the language for the date and time format.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/language_list\">Angi språket for tid- og datoformatet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03152000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN107A8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/slide_number\">Adds the slide number or the page number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/slide_number\">Legg til lysbilde- eller sidenummeret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03152000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN107C2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/not_on_title\">Does not display your specified information on the first slide of your presentation.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfootertab/not_on_title\">Viser ikke informasjonen du valgte i det første i din presentasjons første lysbilde.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03152000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2382,7 +2382,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN107DC\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfooterdialog/apply_all\">Applies the settings to all the slides in your presentation, including the corresponding slide masters.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfooterdialog/apply_all\">Bruker innstillingene på alle lysbildene i presentasjonen din (også tittellysbildene).</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03152000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -2398,7 +2398,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10800\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfooterdialog/apply\">Applies the current settings to the selected slides.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/headerfooterdialog/apply\">Bruker de gjeldende innstillingene på de valgte lysbildene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 03180000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3161,7 +3161,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/insertslidesdialog/links\">Inserts a file or some file elements as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/insertslidesdialog/links\">Setter inn en fileller filelementer som en lenke som blir automatisk oppdatert når kildefila endres.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04110100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -3179,7 +3179,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/insertslidesdialog/backgrounds\">Unused master pages are not inserted.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/insertslidesdialog/backgrounds\">Tittelsider som ikke er i bruk blir ikke satt inn.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04110200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4674,7 +4674,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/MTR_LINE_DIST\">Specifies the distance between the dimension line and the baseline (line distance = 0).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/MTR_LINE_DIST\">Angi avstanden mellom målelinja og grunnlinja (linjeavstand = 0).</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4692,7 +4692,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE_OVERHANG\">Specifies the length of the left and right guides starting at the baseline (line distance = 0). Positive values extend the guides above the baseline and negative values extend the guides below the baseline.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE_OVERHANG\">Angi lengden på de venstre og høyre hjelpelinjene som begynner på grunnlinja (linjeavstand = 0). Positive verdier forlenger hjelpelinjene over grunnlinja, mens negative verdier forlenger hjelpelinjene under grunnlinja.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4710,7 +4710,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE_DIST\">Specifies the length of the right and left guides starting at the dimension line. Positive values extend the guides above the dimension line and negative values extend the guides below the dimension line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE_DIST\">Angi lengden på de venstre og høyre hjelpelinjene som begynner på dimensjonslinja. Positive verdier forlenger hjelpelinjene over dimensjonslinja, mens negative verdier forlenger hjelpelinjene under dimensjonslinja.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4728,7 +4728,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE1_LEN\">Specifies the length of the left guide starting at the dimension line. Positive values extend the guide below the dimension line and negative values extend the guide above the dimension line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE1_LEN\">Angi lengden på den venstre hjelpelinja som begynner på dimensjonslinja. Positive verdier forlenger hjelpelinja over dimensjonslinja, mens negative verdier forlenger hjelpelinja under dimensjonslinja.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4746,7 +4746,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE2_LEN\">Specifies the length of the right guide starting at the dimension line. Positive values extend the guide below the dimension line and negative values extend the guide above the dimension line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE2_LEN\">Angi lengden på den høyre hjelpelinja som begynner på dimensjonslinja. Positive verdier forlenger hjelpelinja over dimensjonslinja, og negative verdier forlenger hjelpelinja under dimensjonslinja.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4764,7 +4764,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/TSB_BELOW_REF_EDGE\">Reverses the properties set in the <emph>Line</emph> area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/TSB_BELOW_REF_EDGE\">Tilbakestiller egenskapene i «<emph>Linje</emph>»-området.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4782,7 +4782,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "92\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/MTR_FLD_DECIMALPLACES\">Specifies the number of decimal places used for the display of line properties.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/MTR_FLD_DECIMALPLACES\">Angi hvor mange desimaler som skal brukes i visninga av linjeegenskapene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4818,7 +4818,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/CTL_POSITION\">Determines the position of the dimension text with respect to the dimension line and the guides.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/CTL_POSITION\">Avgjør plasseringa av dimensjonsteksten i forhold til dimensjonslinja og hjelpelinjene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4845,7 +4845,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/TSB_AUTOPOSV\">Determines the optimal vertical position for the dimension text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/TSB_AUTOPOSV\">Angi den optimale loddrette plasseringa av dimensjonsteksten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4863,7 +4863,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "87\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/TSB_AUTOPOSH\">Determines the optimal horizontal position for the dimension text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/TSB_AUTOPOSH\">Angi den optimale vannrette plasseringa av dimensjonsteksten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4881,7 +4881,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/LB_UNIT\">Shows or hides the dimension measurement units. You can also select a measurement unit you want to display from the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/LB_UNIT\">Vis eller skjul dimensjonsmåleenhetene. Du kan også velge en måleenhet du ønsker å vise fra lista. </ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4899,7 +4899,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "84\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/TSB_PARALLEL\">Displays the text parallel to or at 90 degrees to the dimension line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/dimensionlines/TSB_PARALLEL\">Vis teksten parallelt med, eller 90 grader på dimensjonslinja.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4951,7 +4951,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/LB_TYPE\">Lists the types of connectors that are available.</ahelp> There are four types of connectors: <emph>standard, line, straight, and curved</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/LB_TYPE\">Lister opp koblingstypene som er tilgjengelige.</ahelp> Det er fire koblingstyper: <emph>standard, linje, rett og bøyd</emph>."
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4987,7 +4987,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_LINE_1\">Enter a skew value for Line 1.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_LINE_1\">Angi skjevhetsverdien for «Linje 1».</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5005,7 +5005,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_LINE_2\">Enter a skew value for Line 2.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_LINE_2\">Angi skjevhetsverdien for «Linje 2».</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5023,7 +5023,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_LINE_3\">Enter a skew value for Line 3.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_LINE_3\">Angi skjevhetsverdien for «Linje 3».</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5059,7 +5059,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_HORZ_1\">Enter the amount of horizontal space you want at the beginning of the connector.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_HORZ_1\">Angi hvor mye vannrett avstand du vil ha i begynnelsen av hver kobling.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5077,7 +5077,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_VERT_1\">Enter the amount of vertical space you want at the beginning of the connector.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_VERT_1\">Angi hvor mye loddrett avstand det skal være på begynnelsen av koblinga.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5095,7 +5095,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_HORZ_2\">Enter the amount of horizontal space you want at the end of the connector.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_HORZ_2\">Angi hvor mye vannrett avstand du vil ha i slutten av hver kobling.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5113,7 +5113,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_VERT_2\">Enter the amount of vertical space you want at the end of the connector.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/connectortabpage/MTR_FLD_VERT_2\">Angi hvor mye loddrett avstand det skal være på slutten av koblinga.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05170000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7739,7 +7739,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/colors\">Enter the number of colors to be displayed in the converted image. $[officename] generates a polygon for each occurrence of a color in the image.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/colors\">Skriv inn antall farger som skal vises i det konverterte bildet. $[officename] oppretter en mangekant for hver forekomst av en farge i bildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 13050200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7757,7 +7757,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/points\">Removes color polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/points\">Fjern fargede mangekanter som er mindre enn de faktiske bildepunktverdiene du har valgt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 13050200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7775,7 +7775,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/fillholes\">Fills the color gaps caused by applying a point reduction.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/fillholes\">Fyll fargegapene som skyldes at punktreduksjon er valgt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 13050200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7793,7 +7793,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/tiles\">Enter the size of the rectangle for the background fill.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/tiles\">Skriv inn størrelsen på rektangelet for bakgrunnsfyllet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 13050200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7865,7 +7865,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/preview\">Previews the converted image without applying the changes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/sdraw/ui/vectorize/preview\">Forhåndsvis det konverterte bildet uten å legge til endringene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 13050300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8516,7 +8516,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10591\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/customanimationcreatetab/effect_speed_list\">Specifies the speed or duration of the selected animation effect.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/customanimationcreatetab/effect_speed_list\">Angi hastigheten eller varigheten til den valgte animasjonseffekten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: animationeffect.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8532,7 +8532,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10598\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/customanimationcreatetab/auto_preview\">Select to preview new or edited effects on the slide.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/simpress/ui/customanimationcreatetab/auto_preview\">Velg for å forhåndsvise nye eller redigerte effekter på lysbildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: effectoptions.xhp
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/smath/01.po b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/smath/01.po
index a39b6fa2457..05d22cf8b4c 100644
--- a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/smath/01.po
+++ b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/smath/01.po
@@ -11597,7 +11597,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"schriftartentext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/FontDialog\">Defines the fonts that can be applied to formula elements.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"schriftartentext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/FontDialog\">Velg hvilken skrift som skal brukes på formelelementer.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11651,7 +11651,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/variableCB\">You can select the fonts for the variables in your formula.</ahelp> For example, in the formula x=SIN(y), x and y are variables, and will reflect the assigned font."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/variableCB\">Velg hvilken skrift du vil bruke for variablene i formelen.</ahelp> Et eksempel: I formelen «x=SIN(y)» er «x» og «y» variabler, og vil dermed bruke den skrifttypen som er valgt for variabler."
 
 #: 05010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11669,7 +11669,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/functionCB\">Select the fonts for names and properties of functions.</ahelp> For example, the functions in the formula x=SIN(y) are =SIN( )."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/functionCB\">Velg skrift for navn og egenskaper til funksjoner.</ahelp> Et eksempel: I formelen «x=SIN(y)» er funksjonen «=SIN( )»."
 
 #: 05010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11687,7 +11687,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/numberCB\">You can select the fonts for the numbers in your formula.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/numberCB\">Velg skrift for tallene i formelen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11705,7 +11705,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/textCB\">Define the fonts for the text in your formula here.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/textCB\">Velg skrift for tekst i formelen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11750,7 +11750,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/serifCB\">You can specify the font to be used for the <emph>font serif</emph> format.</ahelp> Serifs are the small \"guides\" that can be seen, for example, at the bottom of a capital A when the Times serif font is used. Using serifs is quite helpful since it guides a reader's eye in a straight line and can speed up reading."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/serifCB\">Du kan velge skrifta som skal brukes til seriffskriftformatet <emph>font serif</emph>.</ahelp> Seriffskrift har små «tverrstreker» som vises nederst, blant annet på den store bokstaven A når seriffskrifta Times brukes. Seriffskrifter er ofte nyttige, fordi de «leder» øynene langs en rett linje, noe som kan gi økt lesehastighet."
 
 #: 05010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11768,7 +11768,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/sansCB\">You can specify the font to be used for <emph>sans</emph> font formatting.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/sansCB\">Du kan velge hvilken skrift som skal brukes for skriftformatet uten seriffer (grotesk) når du skriver inn <emph>sans</emph></ahelp>."
 
 #: 05010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11786,7 +11786,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/fixedCB\">You can specify the font to be used for <emph>fixed</emph> font formatting.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/fixedCB\">Du kan velge hvilken skrift som skal brukes for tegn med fast bredde når du skriver inn <emph>fixed</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11804,7 +11804,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/modify\">Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the <link href=\"text/smath/01/05010100.xhp\" name=\"Fonts\">Fonts</link> dialog, where you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/modify\">Trykk på ett av valgene fra denne sprettoppmenyen for å komme til dialogvinduet <link href=\"text/smath/01/05010100.xhp\" name=\"Fonts\">Skrifter</link>. Der kan du velge skrift og egenskaper for hver enkelt formel, og for dine egne skrifter.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11822,7 +11822,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "31\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/default\">Click this button to save your changes as the default for all new formulas.</ahelp> After confirming the changes, click the <emph>Yes</emph> button."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fonttypedialog/default\">Trykk her for å lagre endringene som standard for alle nye formler.</ahelp> Trykk på <emph>Ja</emph> etter at du har sjekket endringene."
 
 #: 05010100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11866,7 +11866,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/font\" visibility=\"visible\">Select a font from the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/font\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg en skrift fra lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05010100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11920,7 +11920,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/bold\" visibility=\"visible\">Check this box to assign the bold attribute to the font.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/bold\" visibility=\"visible\">Kryss av her for å gjøre teksten halvfet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05010100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11938,7 +11938,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/italic\" visibility=\"visible\">Check this box to assign the italic attribute to the font.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/italic\" visibility=\"visible\">Kryss av her for å gjøre teksten kursiv.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11972,7 +11972,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"schriftgroessentext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/FontSizeDialog\">Use this dialog to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"schriftgroessentext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/FontSizeDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Bruk dette dialogvinduet til å velge skriftstørrelse for formelen. Velg en grunnstørrelse, og alle elementene i formelen vil bli skalert i forhold til denne.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11990,7 +11990,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_baseSize\">All elements of a formula are proportionally scaled to the base size. To change the base size, select or type in the desired point (pt) size. You can also use other units of measure or other <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#metrik\" name=\"metrics\">metrics</link>, which are then automatically converted to points.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_baseSize\">Alle elementene i en formel skaleres proporsjonalt i forhold til grunnstørrelsen. Du kan endre grunnstørrelsen ved å velge størrelsen du vil ha (i punkter, pt). Du kan også bruke andre måleenheter eller <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#metrik\" name=\"metrics\">mål</link> som automatisk gjøres om til punkter.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12035,7 +12035,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_text\">Select the size for text in a formula relative to the base size.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_text\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg tekststørrelsen for en formel i forhold til grunnstørrelsen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12053,7 +12053,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_index\">Select the relative size for the indexes in a formula in proportion to the base size.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_index\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg størrelsen på indekser i en formel i forhold til grunnstørrelsen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12071,7 +12071,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_function\">Select the relative size for names and other function elements in a formula in proportion to the base size.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_function\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg størrelsen på navn og andre funksjonselementer i en formel i forhold til grunnstørrelsen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12089,7 +12089,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_operator\">Select the relative size of the mathematical operators in a formula in proportion to the base size.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_operator\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg størrelsen på matematiske operatorer i en formel i forhold til grunnstørrelsen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12107,7 +12107,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_limit\">Select the relative size for the limits in a formula in proportion to the base size.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_limit\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg størrelsen på grensene i en formel i forhold til grunnstørrelsen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05020000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12125,7 +12125,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/default\">Click this button to save your changes as a default for all new formulas.</ahelp> A security response appears before saving any changes."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/default\" visibility=\"visible\">Lagre endringene som standard for alle nye formler.</ahelp> Du vil bli spurt om bekreftelse før endringene lagres."
 
 #: 05030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12159,7 +12159,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"abstaendetext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/spacingdialog/SpacingDialog\">Use this dialog to determine the spacing between formula elements. The spacing is specified as a percentage in relation to the base size defined under <emph>Format - Font Size</emph>.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"abstaendetext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/spacingdialog/SpacingDialog\">Her kan du bestemme avstanden mellom elementene i formelen. Avstanden oppgis i prosent av grunnstørrelsen som er angitt under <emph>Format → Skriftstørrelse.</emph></ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12186,7 +12186,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/spacingdialog/category\">This button allows you to select the category for which you would like to change the spacing.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/spacingdialog/category\">Velg hvilken kategori du vil endre avstand for.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12546,7 +12546,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "78\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/spacingdialog/checkbox\">Scales all types of brackets.</ahelp> If you then enter <emph>( a over b)</emph> in the <emph>Commands</emph> window, the brackets will surround the whole height of the argument. You normally achieve this effect by entering <emph>left ( a over b right )</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/spacingdialog/checkbox\">Skalerer alle typer parenteser.</ahelp> Hvis du så skriver <emph>( a over b)</emph> i <emph>kommandovinduet</emph>, vil parentesene omslutte hele høyden av argumentet. Vanligvis oppnår du dette ved å skrive <emph>left ( a over b right )</emph>."
 
 #: 05030000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12868,7 +12868,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"ausrichtungtext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/AlignmentDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">You can define the alignment of multi-line formulas as well as formulas with several elements in one line.</ahelp> Create multi-line formulas by entering a <emph>NEWLINE</emph> command in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"ausrichtungtext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/AlignmentDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Her kan du velge justeringa av formler som går over mer enn en linje, og av formler som har flere elementer på en linje.</ahelp> Du lager formler som går over flere linjer ved å skrive inn <emph>NEWLINE</emph> i <emph>kommandovinduet</emph>.</variable>"
 
 #: 05040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12904,7 +12904,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/left\" visibility=\"visible\">Aligns the selected elements of a formula to the left.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/left\" visibility=\"visible\">Justerer de valgte formelelementene til venstre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12931,7 +12931,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/center\" visibility=\"visible\">Aligns the elements of a formula to the center.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/center\" visibility=\"visible\">Midtstiller de valgte formelelementene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12949,7 +12949,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/right\" visibility=\"visible\">Aligns the elements of a formula to the right.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/right\" visibility=\"visible\">Justerer de valgte formelelementene til høyre.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12967,7 +12967,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/default\" visibility=\"visible\">Click here to save your changes as the default settings for new formulas.</ahelp> A security response will appear before saving."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/default\" visibility=\"visible\">Trykk her for å lagre endringene som standardinnstillinger for alle nye formler.</ahelp> Du vil bli spurt om å bekrefte før endringene blir lagret."
 
 #: 05050000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13035,7 +13035,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"symboletext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/CatalogDialog\">Opens the <emph>Symbols</emph> dialog, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"symboletext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/CatalogDialog\">Åpner dialogvinduet <emph>Symboler</emph>, der du finner symboler du kan sette inn i formler.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 06010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13053,7 +13053,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/symbolset\">All symbols are organized into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/symbolset\">Alle symbolene er samlet i symbolsett. Velg et av symbolsettene fra lista. De tilhørende symbolene blir vist i feltet nedenfor.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06010000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13089,7 +13089,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/edit\">Click here to open the <link href=\"text/smath/01/06010100.xhp\" name=\"Edit Symbols\">Edit Symbols</link> dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/edit\">Trykk her for å åpne dialogvinduet <link href=\"text/smath/01/06010100.xhp\" name=\"Edit Symbols\">Endre symboler</link>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 06010100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
diff --git a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po
index ae706c6e754..21a163b8c3f 100644
--- a/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po
+++ b/source/nb/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po
@@ -2688,7 +2688,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat\">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click \"Additional formats\" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat\">Velg format for feltinnholdet. Når det gjelder dato, klokkeslett og brukedefinerte felter, kan du også velge «Flere formater» fra lista og så angi et annet format.</ahelp> Formatene du kan velge blant, er avhengig av felttypen du redigerer."
 
 #: 02140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4238,7 +4238,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/sectionnames\">Type a name for the new section.</ahelp> By default, $[officename] automatically assigns the name \"Section X\" to new sections, where X is a consecutive number."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/sectionnames\">Skriv inn et navn på den nye bolken.</ahelp> Som standard gir $[officename] automatisk navnet «BolkX» til nye bolker, der X er et tall som økes med en for hver nye bolk."
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4265,7 +4265,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/link\">Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/link\">Setter innholdet i et annet dokument eller en bolk fra et annet dokument inn i bolken du arbeider med.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04020100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4584,7 +4584,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/before\">Specifies the indents before the section, at the left margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/before\">Angir innrykk før bolken, ved venstremargen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04020200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -4602,7 +4602,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/after\">Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/after\">Angir innrykk etter bolken, ved høyremargen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04020200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5318,7 +5318,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/EnvAddressPage\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/EnvAddressPage\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn mottaker- og returadresse for konvolutten. Du kan også sette inn adressefelt fra en database, for eksempel fra adressedatabasen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5336,7 +5336,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply  formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn mottakerens adresse.</ahelp> Du kan også velge en database, en tabell og et felt i denne boksen, og deretter bruke pilknappen til å sette feltet inn i adressen. Hvis du vil, kan du formatere adresseteksten med for eksempel fet eller understreket skrift."
 
 #: 04070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5372,7 +5372,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg databasen som inneholder adressedataene du vil sette inn.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5390,7 +5390,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg databasetabellen som inneholder adressedataene du vil sette inn.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5408,7 +5408,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg databasefeltet som inneholder adressedataene du vil sette inn, og trykk pila mot venstre. Adressedataene legges til i adressefeltet markøren står i.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5434,7 +5434,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/EnvFormatPage\">Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/EnvFormatPage\">Angir konvoluttens oppsett og størrelse.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5488,7 +5488,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr\">Velg hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom venstre kant av konvolutten og mottakerfeltet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5506,7 +5506,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/rightaddr\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/rightaddr\">Velg hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom toppkanten av konvolutten og mottakerfeltet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5524,7 +5524,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit\">Trykk denne knappen for å velge tekstformat for mottakerfeltet du vil redigere.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5614,7 +5614,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender\">Velg hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom venstre kant av konvolutten og avsenderfeltet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5632,7 +5632,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender\">Velg hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom toppkanten av konvolutten og avsenderfeltet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5650,7 +5650,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit\">Trykk denne knappen for å velge tekstformat for avsenderfeltet du vil redigere.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5722,7 +5722,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format\">Select the envelope size that want, or select \"User Defined\", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format\">Angi konvoluttformatet du vil bruke, eller velg «Selvvalgt» og angi bredde og høyde for det selvvalgte formatet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5740,7 +5740,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "39\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width\">Enter the width of the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width\">Angi bredden til konvolutten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5758,7 +5758,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "41\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height\">Enter the height of the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height\">Angi høyden til konvolutten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5784,7 +5784,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/EnvPrinterPage\">Set the print options for the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/EnvPrinterPage\">Velg utskriftsinnstillinger for konvolutten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5811,7 +5811,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft\">Konvolutten legges i skriveren med langsiden først, inntil venstre kant av skriverskuffen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5829,7 +5829,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter\">Konvolutten legges i skriveren med langsiden først, langs midten av skriverskuffen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5847,7 +5847,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright\">Konvolutten legges i skriveren med langsiden først, inntil høyre kant av skriverskuffen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5865,7 +5865,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft\">Konvolutten legges i skriveren med kortsiden først, inntil venstre kant av skriverskuffen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5883,7 +5883,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter\">Konvolutten legges i skriveren med kortsiden først, langs midten av skriverskuffen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5901,7 +5901,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright\">Konvolutten legges i skriveren med kortsiden først, inntil høyre kant av skriverskuffen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5919,7 +5919,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top\">Konvolutten legges i skriveren med utskriftssiden opp i skriverskuffen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5937,7 +5937,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom\">Konvolutten legges i skriveren med utskriftssiden ned i skriverskuffen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5955,7 +5955,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right\">Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right\">Velg hvor langt til høyre utskriftsområdet skal flyttes.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -5973,7 +5973,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down\">Enter the amount to shift the print area down.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down\">Velg hvor langt nedover utskriftsområdet skal flyttes.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04070300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6009,7 +6009,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup\">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup\">Åpner dialogvinduet «Skriveroppsett», der du kan angi flere innstillinger for skriveren, som for eksempel papirstørrelse og papirretning.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6114,7 +6114,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type\">Viser de tilgjengelige felttypene. Du kan legge til et felt i dokumentet ved å trykke en felttype, velge et felt i lista under <emph>Velg</emph> og trykke <emph>Sett inn</emph>.</ahelp> De følgende feltene kan settes inn:"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6321,7 +6321,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Viser de tilgjengelige feltene for felttypen som er valgt i lista <emph>Type</emph>. Du kan sette inn et felt ved å trykke feltet og deretter trykke <emph>Sett inn</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6438,7 +6438,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "46\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/value\">Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example \"+1\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/value\">Angi verdien for forskyvning du vil bruke i et sidetallfelt, for eksempel «+1».</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6465,7 +6465,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "42\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format\">Velg formatet du vil bruke på det merkede feltet, eller trykk «Flere formater» for å angi et selvvalgt format.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6581,7 +6581,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "44\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level\">Select the chapter heading level that you want to include in the selected field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level\">Velg hvilket kapitteloverskriftsnivå du vil ha med i det valgte feltet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6599,7 +6599,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "52\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset\">Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset\">Angi forskyvningen du vil bruke for et dato- eller klokkeslettfelt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090001.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6617,7 +6617,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "48\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset\">Skriv inn innholdet du vil legge til i et selvvalgt felt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6864,7 +6864,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id7374187\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the \"Insert reference to\" list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Viser de tilgjengelige feltene for felttypene som er valgt i lista <emph>Type</emph>. Du kan sette inn et felt ved å trykke feltet, velge et format i lista «Sett inn referanse til» og trykke <emph>Sett inn</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -6898,7 +6898,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format\">Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.</ahelp> The following formats are available:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format\">Velg hvilket format du vil bruke på referansefeltet.</ahelp> De følgende formatene er tilgjengelige:"
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7140,7 +7140,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp> To set a target, click \"Set Reference\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list, type a name in this box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. To reference the new target, click the target name in the <emph>Selection</emph> list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name\">Skriv inn navnet på det selvvalgte feltet du vil lage.</ahelp> Angi mål for dette feltet ved å velge «Sett inn referanse» i lista <emph>Type</emph>, skriv inn et navn i denne boksen og trykk deretter <emph>Sett inn</emph>. Lag en referanse til dette nye målet ved å trykke målets navn i lista <emph>Utvalg</emph>."
 
 #: 04090002.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7200,7 +7200,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "45\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/value\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/value\" visibility=\"hidden\">Angir flere funksjonsparametere for felter. Parametertypen er avhengig av hva slags felttype du velger.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7414,7 +7414,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition\">For fields linked to a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link>, enter the criteria here.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition\">Her kan du angi kriteriene for felter som er knyttet til et <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">vilkår</link>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7432,7 +7432,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/cond2\">Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then </emph>box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the <emph>Else </emph>box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/cond2\">Skriv inn teksten som skal vises når vilkåret er oppfylt, i <emph>Og så</emph>-boksen, og teksten som skal vises når vilkåret ikke er oppfylt, i <emph>Ellers</emph>-boksen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7603,7 +7603,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro\">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the \"Execute macro\" function field."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro\">Åpner dialogvinduet <emph>Makrovelger</emph>, der du kan velge makroen som skal kjøres når du trykker det valgte feltet i dokumentet.</ahelp> Denne knappen er bare tilgjengelig for funksjonsfeltet «Utfør makro»."
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7630,7 +7630,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "51\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/item\">Enter a new item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/item\">Skriv inn et nytt element.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7648,7 +7648,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "53\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/add\">Adds the <emph>Item</emph> to the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/add\">Legger til <emph>elementet</emph> i lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7666,7 +7666,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "55\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listitems\">Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listitems\">Viser en liste over elementene. Det øverste elementet vises i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7684,7 +7684,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "57\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove\">Removes the selected item from the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove\">Fjerner det valgte elementet fra lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7702,7 +7702,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "59\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up\">Moves the selected item up in the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up\">Flytter det valgte elementet opp i lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7720,7 +7720,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "61\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down\">Moves the selected item down in the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down\">Flytter det valgte elementet ned i lista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -7738,7 +7738,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "63\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listname\">Enter a unique name for the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listname\">Skriv inn et unikt navn på <emph>innlista</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090003.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8085,7 +8085,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/fixed\">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/fixed\">Setter inn feltet som statisk innhold. Statisk innhold vil si at feltet ikke kan endres eller oppdateres.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090004.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8385,7 +8385,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format\">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format\">I lista <emph>Format</emph> kan du velge om verdien skal settes inn som tekst eller som et tall.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8401,7 +8401,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_id7453535\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Viser de tilgjengelige feltene for felttypen som er valgt i lista <emph>Type</emph>. Du kan sette inn et felt ved å trykke feltet og deretter trykke <emph>Sett inn</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8463,7 +8463,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible\">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document. This option is only available for the \"Set Variable\" and \"User Field\" field types."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible\">Skjuler feltinnholdet i dokumentet.</ahelp> Feltet settes inn som et tynt grått merke i dokumentet. Dette valget er bare tilgjengelig for felttypene «Velg variabel» og «Brukerfelt»."
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8499,7 +8499,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "42\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/level\">Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/level\">Velg overskrifta eller kapittelnivået der du vil at nummereringa i dokumentet skal starte på nytt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8517,7 +8517,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "44\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator\">Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator\">Skriv inn tegnet du vil bruke som skilletegn mellom overskriftene eller kapittelnivåene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8535,7 +8535,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/apply\">Adds the user-defined field to the <emph>Selection</emph> list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/apply\">Legger til det selvvalgte feltet i lista <emph>Utvalg</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8553,7 +8553,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/delete\">Removes the user-defined field from the selection list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.</ahelp> To remove a field that is used in the current document from the list, first delete all instances of the field in the document, and then remove it from the list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/delete\">Fjerner det selvvalgte feltet fra utvalgslista. Du kan bare fjerne felt som ikke brukes i dokumentet du arbeider med.</ahelp> Hvis du vil fjerne et felt som brukes i dokumentet fra lista, må du slette alle forekomstene av feltet i dokumentet før du fjerner det fra lista."
 
 #: 04090005.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8748,7 +8748,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select\">Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.</ahelp> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select\">Velg databasetabellen eller databasespørringa du vil at feltet skal vise til.</ahelp> Du kan ta med felt fra flere databaser eller spørringer i et dokument."
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8783,7 +8783,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber\">Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.</ahelp> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber\">Skriv inn nummeret på dataposten du vil sette inn når et angitt vilkår er oppfylt.</ahelp> Datapostnummeret svarer til det gjeldende valget i datakildevisninga. Hvis du for eksempel velger de 5 siste postene i en database med 10 poster, får den første posten nummer 1, ikke 6."
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8828,7 +8828,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb\">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb\">Bruker formatet som er valgt i databasen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8844,7 +8844,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10772\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse\">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse\">Åpner et dialogvindu der du kan velge en databasefil (*.odb). Den valgte fila legges til i lista under «Databaseutvalg».</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8862,7 +8862,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb\">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb\">Bruker formatet du velger i <emph>lista over selvvalgte formater</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -8880,7 +8880,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/format\">Lists the available user-defined formats.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/format\">Viser en liste med de tilgjengelige selvvalgte formatene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04090006.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11017,7 +11017,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/levels\">Select the index level that you change the formatting of.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/levels\">Velg nivået du vil endre formateringa til.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11267,7 +11267,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/type\">Select the type of index that you want to insert.</ahelp> The options available on this tab depend on the index type that you select. If the cursor is in an index when you choose the <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, you can then edit that index."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/type\">Velg hva slags type register du vil sette inn.</ahelp> Alternativene på denne fanen avhenger av hvilken registertype du velger. Hvis skrivemerket står i et register når du velger <emph>Sett inn → Register/innholdslister → Register/innholdslister</emph>, kan du redigere dette registeret."
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11285,7 +11285,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title\">Enter a title for the selected index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title\">Skriv inn en tittel for registeret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11321,7 +11321,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/scope\">Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/scope\">Velg om du vil lage et register for hele dokumentet eller bare for dette kapittelet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11339,7 +11339,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/level\">Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/level\">Velg hvor mange overskriftsnivåer som skal være med i registeret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11375,7 +11375,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromheadings\">Creates the index using outline levels, that is, paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromheadings\">Lager et register på grunnlag av disposisjonsnivåene. Det vil si at avsnitt som formatert med en av de innebygde overskriftsstilene (Overskrift 1-10), blir lagt til i registeret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11401,7 +11401,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb\">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...</emph>) button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb\">Tar med avsnittsstilene du angir i dialogvinduet <emph>Tildele stiler</emph>, som oppføringer i registeret. Du velger avsnittsstilene du vil ta med i registeret, ved å trykke knappen merket <emph>...</emph> til høyre for boksen for å åpne dialogvinduet <emph>Tildele stiler</emph>.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11419,7 +11419,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/styles\">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/styles\">Åpner dialogvinduet <emph>Tildele stiler</emph>, der du kan velge avsnittsstilene som skal være med i registeret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120211.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11437,7 +11437,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/indexmarks\">Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/indexmarks\">Ta med stikkordmarkeringene du setter inn ved å velge <emph>Sett inn → Register/innholdsliste → Stikkordmarkering</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11490,7 +11490,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame\">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 43\" are combined as \"View 10, 43\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame\">Erstatter identiske oppføringer med en enkelt oppføring, som viser sidetallene der oppføringa forekommer i dokumentet. For eksempel blir oppføringene «Vis 10, Vis 43» slått sammen til «Vis 10, 43».</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11544,7 +11544,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens\">Skiller mellom små og store bokstaver i oppføringer som ellers er like. Det finnes egne regler om dette for asiatiske språk.</ahelp> Hvis du vil at den første forekomsten av oppføringa i dokumentet skal bestemme om liten eller stor bokstav skal brukes, velger du <emph>Slå sammen identiske oppføringer</emph>."
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11570,7 +11570,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps\">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps\">Bruker automatisk stor forbokstav i en oppføring.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11588,7 +11588,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry\">Inserts index keys as separate index entries.</ahelp> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry\">Setter inn hoved- og underoppføringer som egne oppføringer.</ahelp> En hovedoppføring settes inn på øverste nivå i registeret, og andre oppføringer som er knyttet til den, settes inn som underoppføringer med innrykk."
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11615,7 +11615,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile\">Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile\">Stikkord merkes automatisk ved hjelp av en stikkordfil, som inneholder en liste over ord som skal tas med i registeret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11633,7 +11633,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file\">Select, create, or edit a concordance file.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file\">Brukes til å velge, lage eller redigere en stikkordfil.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11669,7 +11669,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "35\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang\">Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang\">Brukes til å velge språkreglene som skal brukes til å sortere stikkord.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120212.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11687,7 +11687,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype\">Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype\">Velg numerisk hvis du vil sortere tall etter verdi, for eksempel 1, 2, 12. Velg alfanumerisk hvis du vil sortere tallene etter tegnkode, for eksempel 1, 12, 2.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120213.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11767,7 +11767,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category\">Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category\">Velg bildetekstkategorien du vil bruke til listeoppføringer.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120213.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11785,7 +11785,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display\">Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.</ahelp> The following table lists the caption options that can be selected, based on the caption text \"Illustration 24: The Sun\", where \"Illustration 24\" was automatically generated, and \"The Sun\" was added by the user."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display\">Velg hvilken del av bildeteksten du vil bruke til listeoppføringer.</ahelp> Denne tabellen viser en liste med tilgjengelige valg for bildetekster. I eksemplet som brukes her, er bildeteksten «Illustrasjon 24: Solen», der «Illustrasjon 24» ble laget automatisk, mens «Solen» ble lagt til av brukeren."
 
 #: 04120213.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11884,7 +11884,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames\">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames\">Lager listeoppføringer på grunnlag av objektnavn.</ahelp> Du kan vise objektnavn i for eksempel dokumentstrukturen, der du kan endre dem via sprettoppmenyen."
 
 #: 04120214.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11981,7 +11981,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromtables\">Includes tables in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromtables\">Tar med tabeller i registeret eller innholdslista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -11999,7 +11999,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromgraphics\">Includes graphics in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromgraphics\">Tar med bilder i registeret eller innholdslista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12017,7 +12017,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromframes\">Includes text frames in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromframes\">Tar med tekstrammer i registeret eller innholdslista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12035,7 +12035,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromoles\">Includes OLE objects in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromoles\">Tar med OLE-objekter i registeret eller innholdslista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12053,7 +12053,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/uselevel\">Indents table, graphic, text frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/uselevel\">Rykker inn oppføringer av tabeller, bilder, tekstrammer og OLE-objekter etter deres plassering i hierarkiet over kapitteloverskrifter.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120215.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12106,7 +12106,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "4\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects\">Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects\">Velg hvilke objekttyper du vil ha med i objektlista.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120217.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12159,7 +12159,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries\">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\">Entries</link> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries\">Nummererer litteraturhenvisningene automatisk.</ahelp> Du kan tilpasse sorteringsvalgene for nummerering under fanen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\">Oppføringer</link>."
 
 #: 04120217.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12177,7 +12177,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets\">Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets\">Velg hvilken type parentes du vil bruke rundt litteraturhenvisningene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120219.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12203,7 +12203,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/AssignStylesDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/AssignStylesDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Lager stikkord på grunnlag av bestemte avsnittsstiler.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120219.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12248,7 +12248,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left\" visibility=\"visible\">Flytter den valgte avsnittsstilen ett nivå opp i hierarkiet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120219.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12266,7 +12266,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right\" visibility=\"visible\">Flytter den valgte avsnittsstilen ett nivå ned i hierarkiet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120220.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12489,7 +12489,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entrytext\">Inserts the text of the chapter heading.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entrytext\">Setter inn teksten i kapitteloverskrifta.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12507,7 +12507,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop\">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop\">Setter inn en tabulator. Velg et tegn i <emph>Fylltegn</emph>-lista for å legge til et fylltegn foran tabulatoren. Velg en verdi i <emph>Tabulatorposisjon</emph> for å endre tabulatorens plassering, eller merk av for <emph>Høyrejuster</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12525,7 +12525,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/pageno\">Inserts the page number of the entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/pageno\">Setter inn sidetallet til oppføringa.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12543,7 +12543,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink\">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink\">Lager en hyperlenke av den delen av oppføringa du plasserer mellom en hyperlenketagg for henholdsvis start (LS) og slutt (LA). På <emph>Struktur</emph>-linja kan du trykke i et tomt felt foran den delen du vil lage en hyperlenke av, og deretter trykke denne knappen en gang til. Alle hyperlenker må være unike. Denne funksjonen er bare tilgjengelig i innholdslister.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12561,7 +12561,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "37\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/all\">Applies the current settings without closing the dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/all\">Tar i bruk de gjeldende innstillingene uten at dialogvinduet lukkes.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12579,7 +12579,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle\">Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the <emph>Structure line</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle\">Angi tegnstil for delen som er valgt i <emph>Struktur</emph>-linja.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12597,7 +12597,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit\">Åpner et dialogvindu der du kan redigere den valgte tegnstilen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12615,7 +12615,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/fillchar\">Select the tab leader that you want use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/fillchar\">Her kan du velge hvilket fylltegn du vil bruke foran en tabulator.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12633,7 +12633,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstoppos\">Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstoppos\">Skriv inn hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom venstre sidemarg og tabulatoren.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12651,7 +12651,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alignright\">Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alignright\">Justerer tabulatoren inntil høyre sidemarg.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120221.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12686,7 +12686,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle\">Positions the tab stop relative to the \"indent from left\" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle\">Plasserer tabulatoren i forhold til verdien for «innrykk fra venstre», slik denne er angitt for avsnittsstilen som er valgt på fanen <emph>Stiler</emph>. Ellers plasseres tabulatoren i forhold til tekstens venstremarg.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12739,7 +12739,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "5\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo\">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo\">Setter inn kapittelinformasjon, for eksempel kapitteloverskrifter og kapittelnummer. Bruk lista <emph>Kapitteloppføring</emph> til å velge hvilken informasjon du vil vise.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12757,7 +12757,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterentry\">Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterentry\">Velg hvilken kapittelinformasjon du vil ta med i registeroppføringa.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12791,7 +12791,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle\">Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"><emph>Index Entry</emph></link>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle\">Velg formateringsstil for hovedoppføringene i det alfabetiske registeret. Du kan gjøre en registeroppføring om til en hovedoppføring ved å trykke foran stikkordmarkeringa i dokumentet og velge <emph>Rediger → </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"><emph>Stikkord</emph></link>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12809,7 +12809,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alphadelim\">Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alphadelim\">Bruker den første bokstaven i de alfabetisk sorterte stikkordene som avsnittsoverskrifter.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120222.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -12827,7 +12827,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/comasep\">Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/comasep\">Plasserer stikkordene på samme linje, delt med komma.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120223.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13046,7 +13046,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "7\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert\">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert\">Legger til referansekoden for den valgte litteraturhenvisninga i linja <emph>Struktur</emph>. Velg en oppføring i lista, plasser skrivemerket i et tomt felt og trykk denne knappen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13064,7 +13064,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "9\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove\">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove\">Fjerner den valgte koden som viser til en litteraturhenvisning, fra <emph>Struktur</emph>-linja.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13100,7 +13100,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos\">Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.</ahelp> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos\">Oppføringene i litteraturlista sorteres etter henvisningenes posisjon i dokumentet.</ahelp> Velg dette hvis du vil nummerere henvisningene automatisk."
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13118,7 +13118,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontent\">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontent\">Oppføringene i litteraturlista sorteres i samsvar med dine valg av <emph>Sorteringsnøkler</emph>. Eksempler på sorteringsnøkler er forfatter eller utgivelsesår.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13145,7 +13145,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb\">Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the <emph>Content</emph> radio button in the <emph>Sort by</emph> area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb\">Velg oppføringa som skalbrukes til å sortere oppføringene i litteraturlista. Dette valget er bare tilgjengelig hvis du har valgt <emph>Innhold</emph> i området <emph>Sorter etter</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13163,7 +13163,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb\">Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb\">Sorterer oppføringene i litteraturlista i stigende rekkefølge alfabetisk eller etter tall.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120227.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13181,7 +13181,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "23\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down\">Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down\">Sorterer oppføringene i litteraturlista i synkende rekkefølge alfabetisk eller etter tall.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 04120229.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -13313,7 +13313,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog\">Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.</ahelp> A concordance file lists words that should be referenced in an alphabetical index, together with the page number(s) where they appear in the document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog\">Brukes til å lage eller redigere en liste med ord som skal tas med i et alfabetisk register.</ahelp> En stikkordfil inneholder en liste med ord det skal vises til i et alfabetisk register, sammen med sidetall der disse ordene forekommer i dokumentet."
 
 #: 04120250.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15140,7 +15140,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage\">Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage\">Formaterer den første bokstaven i et avsnitt med en stor forbokstav, som kan strekke seg over flere linjer. Avsnittet må gå over minst like mange linjer som du angir i tallboksen <emph>Linjer</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15167,7 +15167,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH\">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH\">Tar i bruk innstillingene for innfelt forbokstav på det valgte avsnittet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15185,7 +15185,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD\">Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD\">Viser den første bokstaven i det første ordet i avsnittet som innfelt forbokstav, og resten av bokstavene i ordet med stor skrift</ahelp>."
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15203,7 +15203,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS\">Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. </ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS\">Velg hvor mange tegn som skal gjøres om til innfelte forbokstaver.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15221,7 +15221,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES\">Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.</ahelp> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES\">Velg hvor mange linjer nedover den innfelte forbokstaven kan strekke seg fra den første linja i avsnittet. Innfelt forbokstav kan ikke brukes i korte avsnitt.</ahelp> Du kan velge å bruke innfelt forbokstav i avsnitt som inneholder minst to, men høyst ni linjer."
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15239,7 +15239,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE\">Velg hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom de innfelte forbokstavene og resten av teksten i avsnittet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15266,7 +15266,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT\">Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT\">Skriv inn teksten du vil vise med innfelt forbokstav i stedet for de første bokstavene i avsnittet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05030400.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -15284,7 +15284,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE\">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None]."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE\">Velg formateringsstilen du vil bruke på de innfelte forbokstavene.</ahelp> Velg «Ingen» hvis du vil bruke den samme formateringsstilen som i resten av avsnittet."
 
 #: 05030800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16210,7 +16210,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend\" visibility=\"visible\">Legger til fotnoter til slutt i bolken. Hvis bolken går over mer enn en side, legges fotnotene til nederst på siden der det tilsvarende fotnoteankeret står.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16228,7 +16228,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum\" visibility=\"visible\">Starter nummereringa av fotnoter på nytt med nummeret du velger.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16246,7 +16246,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg nummeret du vil gi fotnoten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16264,7 +16264,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnumfmt\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnumfmt\" visibility=\"visible\">Brukes til å angi et selvvalgt format for fotnotenummerering.</ahelp> Denne avkryssingsboksen kan bare brukes når <emph>Start nummerering på nytt</emph> er valgt."
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16282,7 +16282,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn teksten du vil vise foran fotnotenummeret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16300,7 +16300,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the footnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg hvilken nummereringsstil du vil bruke i fotnotene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16318,7 +16318,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn teksten du vil vise bak fotnotenummeret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16345,7 +16345,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds endnotes at the end of the section.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend\" visibility=\"visible\">Legger til fotnoter til slutt i bolken.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16363,7 +16363,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "25\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum\" visibility=\"visible\">Starter nummereringa av sluttnoter på nytt med nummeret du velger.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16381,7 +16381,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "27\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg nummeret du vil gi sluttnoten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16399,7 +16399,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "29\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt\" visibility=\"visible\">Brukes til å angi et selvvalgt format for sluttnotenummerering.</ahelp> Denne avkryssingsboksen kan bare brukes når <emph>Start nummerering på nytt</emph> er valgt."
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16417,7 +16417,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "31\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn teksten du vil vise foran sluttnotenummeret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16435,7 +16435,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "33\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the endnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox\" visibility=\"visible\">Velg hvilken nummereringsstil du vil bruke i sluttnotene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040700.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16453,7 +16453,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "35\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix\" visibility=\"visible\">Skriv inn teksten du vil vise bak sluttnotenummeret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05040800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16709,7 +16709,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/FrmTypePage\">Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/FrmTypePage\">Brukes til å velge størrelse på og plassering av valgte objekter eller rammer på en side.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16736,7 +16736,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/width\">Enter the width that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/width\">Velg hvor bredt det valgte objektet skal være.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16754,7 +16754,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth\">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth\">Regner ut bredden på det valgte objektet i prosent av bredden på tekstområdet på siden.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16772,7 +16772,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "10\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/height\">Enter the height that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/height\">Velg hvor høyt det valgte objektet skal være.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16790,7 +16790,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight\">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight\">Regner ut høyden på det valgte objektet i prosent av høyden på tekstområdet på siden.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16808,7 +16808,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/ratio\">Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/ratio\">Tar vare på høyde/bredde-forholdet når du endrer innstillingene for høyde eller bredde.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16826,7 +16826,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "42\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize\">Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize\">Setter størrelsesinnstillingene for det valgte objektet tilbake til de opprinnelige verdiene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16853,7 +16853,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autoheight\">Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autoheight\">Tilpasser automatisk bredden eller høyden på en ramme slik at den passer til innholdet. Hvis du vil, kan du velge en minste høyde eller minste bredde for ramma.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16898,7 +16898,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "46\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topage\">Anchors the selection to the current page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topage\">Forankrer utvalget til den gjeldende siden.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16916,7 +16916,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "61\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topara\">Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topara\">Forankrer utvalget til det gjeldende avsnittet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16934,7 +16934,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "63\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/tochar\">Anchors the selection to a character.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/tochar\">Forankrer utvalget til et tegn.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16952,7 +16952,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/aschar\">Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/aschar\">Forankrer utvalget som tegn. Høyden til den gjeldende linja endres slik at den passer til høyden på utvalget.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -16988,7 +16988,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "28\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horipos\">Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.</ahelp> This option is not available if you chose \"anchor as character\"."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horipos\">Velg den vannrette plasseringa av objektet.</ahelp> Dette valget er ikke tilgjengelig hvis du har valgt forankringstypen <emph>Som tegn</emph>."
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17006,7 +17006,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "30\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byhori\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Left\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byhori\">Velg hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom den venstre kanten av det valgte objektet og referansepunktet du velger i lista til høyre for <emph>til</emph>.</ahelp> Dette valget er bare tilgjengelig hvis du har valgt «Fra venstre» i lista til høyre for <emph>Vannrett</emph>."
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17024,7 +17024,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "49\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horianchor\">Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horianchor\">Velg referansepunkt for valget for vannrett justering.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17051,7 +17051,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "53\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/mirror\">Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/mirror\">Speilvender de gjeldende innstillingene for vannrett justering på partallssider.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17078,7 +17078,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertpos\">Select the vertical alignment option for the object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertpos\">Velg den loddrette plasseringa av objektet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17105,7 +17105,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "34\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byvert\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Top\" or \"From Bottom\" (as character) in the <emph>Vertical</emph> box."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byvert\">Velg hvor stor avstand du vil ha mellom den øverste kanten av det valgte objektet og referansepunktet du velger i lista til høyre for <emph>til</emph>.</ahelp> Dette valget er bare tilgjengelig hvis du har valgt «Ovenfra» (eller «Nedenfra» hvis «Som tegn» er valgt) i lista til høyre for <emph>Loddrett</emph>."
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17123,7 +17123,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "57\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertanchor\">Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertanchor\">Velg referansepunkt for valget for loddrett justering.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17139,7 +17139,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "par_idN10A92\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/followtextflow\">Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/followtextflow\">Holder det valgte objektet innenfor grensene oppsettet angir for teksten som objektet er forankret til. Hvis du vil ha muligheten til å plassere objektet fritt i dokumentet, bør du ikke sette et merke i denne avkryssingsboksen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17236,7 +17236,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/none\">Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/none\">Plasserer objektet på en egen linje i dokumentet. Teksten i dokumentet vises over og under objektet, men ikke på sidene.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17271,7 +17271,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/before\">Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/before\">Bryter teksten på venstre side av objektet hvis det er nok plass.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17306,7 +17306,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/after\">Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/after\">Bryter teksten på venstre side av objektet hvis det er nok plass.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17341,7 +17341,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "22\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/parallel\">Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/parallel\">Bryter teksten på alle fire sider rundt kanten omkring objektets ramme.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17376,7 +17376,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/through\">Places the object in front of the text.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/through\">Plasserer objektet foran teksten.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17518,7 +17518,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "52\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside\">Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.</ahelp> This option is not available for frames."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside\">Bare bryt teksten rundt omrisset til objektet, ikke i åpne områder inne i objektet.</ahelp> Dette valget er ikke tilgjengelig for rammer."
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17554,7 +17554,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "36\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left\">Velg hvor stor avstand det skal være mellom venstre kant av objektet og teksten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17572,7 +17572,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "38\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right\">Velg hvor stor avstand det skal være mellom høyre kant av objektet og teksten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17590,7 +17590,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "40\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top\">Velg hvor stor avstand det skal være mellom øverste kant av objektet og teksten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -17608,7 +17608,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "42\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom\">Velg hvor stor avstand det skal være mellom nederste kant av objektet og teksten.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060201.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18177,7 +18177,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage\">Specify the flip and the link options for the selected graphic.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage\">Brukes til å angi valg for speiling og lenker for det valgte bildet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18204,7 +18204,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "8\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/vert\">Flips the selected graphic vertically.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/vert\">Speiler det valgte bildet loddrett.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18222,7 +18222,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/hori\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/hori\">Speiler det valgte bildet vannrett.</ahelp></variable>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18240,7 +18240,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally on all pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages\">Speiler det valgte bildet vannrett på alle sidene.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18258,7 +18258,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages\">Speiler det valgte bildet vannrett bare på partallssider.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18276,7 +18276,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages\">Speiler det valgte bildet vannrett bare på oddetallssider.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18312,7 +18312,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "12\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry\">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) and then locate the file that you want to link to. </ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry\">Viser stien til bildefila lenka peker på. Du kan endre lenka ved å trykke bla gjennom-knappen (<emph>…</emph>) og velge fila du vil at lenka skal peke på.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -18330,7 +18330,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse\">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse\">Finn den nye bildefila du vil lage en lenke til og trykk <emph>Åpne</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060300.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19083,7 +19083,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/FrmURLPage\">Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/FrmURLPage\">Brukes til å angi egenskapene til hyperlenka til bildet, ramma eller OLE-objektet som er valgt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19119,7 +19119,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url\">Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url\">Skriv inn den komplette stien til fila du vil åpne.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19137,7 +19137,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search\">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\">FTP server</link> in the Internet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search\">Finn fila du vil at hyperlenka skal åpne, og trykk <emph>Åpne</emph>.</ahelp> Målfila kan ligge på din egen datamaskin eller på en <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\">FTP-tjener</link> på Internett."
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19155,7 +19155,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name\">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name\">Skriv inn navnet du vil bruke på lenka.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19209,7 +19209,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "14\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server\">Uses a server-side image map.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server\">Bruker et bildekart som er lagret på en tjener.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19227,7 +19227,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client\">Uses the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client\">Bruker <link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\">bildekartet</link> du lagde for det valgte objektet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060800.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19262,7 +19262,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "2\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/FrmAddPage\">Specifies properties for the selected object, graphic or frame.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/FrmAddPage\">Brukes til å angi egenskaper for objektet, bildet eller ramma som er valgt.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19298,7 +19298,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "6\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name\">Enter a name for the selected item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name\">Gi det valgte elementet et navn.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19325,7 +19325,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "21\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/altname\">Enter the text to display in a web browser when the selected item is unavailable. Alternate text is also used to assist people with disabilities.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/altname\">Skriv inn teksten som skal vises i en nettleser når det valgte elementet ikke er tilgjengelig. Alternativ tekst brukes også for å hjelpe folk med funksjonshemninger.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19343,7 +19343,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "24\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/prev\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes before the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the current frame and the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/prev\">Viser elementet (objektet, bildet eller ramma) som kommer før dette elementet i en lenket rekkefølge. Hvis du vil legge til eller endre den forrige lenka, velger du et navn i lista. Hvis du lenker rammer, må den gjeldende ramma og målramma være tomme.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19361,7 +19361,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "26\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/next\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes after the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/next\">Viser elementet (objektet, bildet eller ramma) som kommer etter dette elementet i en lenket rekkefølge. Hvis du vil legge til eller endre den neste lenka, velger du et navn i lista. Målramma må være tom for at du skal kunne lenke rammer.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19397,7 +19397,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "17\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent\">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent\">Hindrer at innholdet i det valgte elementet blir endret.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19424,7 +19424,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "11\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe\">Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe\">Låser det valgte elementets plassering i dokumentet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19442,7 +19442,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "13\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize\">Locks the size of the selected item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize\">Låser størrelsen til det valgte elementet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19478,7 +19478,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/editinreadonly\">Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/editinreadonly\">Sett et merke her hvis du vil ha mulighet til å redigere innholdet i en ramme, selv om dokumentet er skrivebeskyttet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19496,7 +19496,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe\">Includes the selected item when you print the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe\">Tar med det valgte elementet når du skriver ut dokumentet.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -19514,7 +19514,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "32\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow\">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings </emph>from the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow\">Brukes til å velge ønsket tekstretning i en ramme. Velg <emph>Bruk innstillinger fra overordnet objekt</emph> i lista hvis du vil bruke standardinnstillingene for tekstretning på siden.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05060900.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21822,7 +21822,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "15\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle\">Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle\">Sett et merke i denne avkryssingsboksen for å gjøre en ny stil til en vilkårsstil.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21840,7 +21840,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "16\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/links\">Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, numbering/bullets levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/links\">Her ser du sammenhengene som er forhåndsvalgt i $[officename], blant annet disposisjonsnivåene 1 til 10, nummererings- og punktmerkingsnivåene 1 til 10, tabelloverskrift, tabellinnhold, bolk, kantlinje, fotnote, sluttnote, topptekst og bunntekst.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21876,7 +21876,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "18\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles\">A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles\">Denne lista viser alle avsnittsstilene som kan brukes som en sammenheng.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21894,7 +21894,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "19\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove\">Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove\">Trykk her for å fjerne sammenhengen som er knyttet til den valgte stilen.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05130100.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -21912,7 +21912,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "20\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply\">Click <emph>Assign</emph> to apply the <emph>selected Paragraph Style</emph> to the defined <emph>context</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply\">Trykk <emph>Bruk</emph> for å bruke den valgte <emph>avsnittsstilen</emph> på den valgte <emph>sammenhengen</emph>.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05140000.xhp
 msgctxt ""
@@ -22697,7 +22697,7 @@ msgctxt ""
 "3\n"
 "help.text"
 msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog\">Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog\">Angi den minste lengden som linjer i avsnitt med bare en linje kan ha, før linjene slås sammen til ett avsnitt. Angi lengden i prosent av sidens bredde.</ahelp>"
 
 #: 05150200.xhp
 msgctxt ""
author	Christian Lohmaier <lohmaier+LibreOffice@googlemail.com>	2013-12-03 17:59:28 +0100
committer	Andras Timar <andras.timar@collabora.com>	2013-12-09 12:09:30 +0100
commit	f3f04265562dcd40990cccdd83170c8afffef4ab (patch)
tree	3687dcbfc6e30854c03d7a7591e268bd0ea1f3a1 /source/nb/helpcontent2
parent	1d03a18fc11f37dfd1dc0dbbb0ad1f937a211a85 (diff)